/[svn]/linuxsampler/trunk/Documentation/lscp.xml
ViewVC logotype

Contents of /linuxsampler/trunk/Documentation/lscp.xml

Parent Directory Parent Directory | Revision Log Revision Log


Revision 1804 - (show annotations) (download) (as text)
Wed Dec 10 22:08:20 2008 UTC (15 years, 4 months ago) by schoenebeck
File MIME type: text/xml
File size: 410982 byte(s)
* minor LSCP specification fix regarding LSCP command
  "GET CHANNEL INFO" (fixes #18)

1 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
2
3 <!DOCTYPE rfc SYSTEM "rfc2629.dtd" [
4 <!ENTITY rfc2119 PUBLIC ''
5 'http://xml.resource.org/public/rfc/bibxml/reference.RFC.2119.xml'>
6 ]>
7
8 <?xml-stylesheet type='text/xsl' href='rfc2629.xslt' ?>
9
10 <?rfc toc="yes" ?>
11 <?rfc symrefs="yes" ?>
12 <?rfc sortrefs="yes"?>
13 <?rfc iprnotified="no" ?>
14
15 <!-- FIXME: next attribute should actually be "yes", temporarily disbled due
16 to an annoying "missing Normative/Informative References" error message -->
17 <?rfc strict="no" ?>
18
19 <rfc category="std" ipr="full3978" docName="LSCP 1.4">
20 <front>
21 <title>LinuxSampler Control Protocol</title>
22 <author initials='C.S.' surname="Schoenebeck" fullname='C.
23 Schoenebeck'>
24 <organization>
25 Interessengemeinschaft Software Engineering e. V.
26 </organization>
27 <address>
28 <postal>
29 <street>Max-Planck-Str. 39</street>
30 <!-- <code>74081</code> -->
31 <city>74081 Heilbronn</city>
32 <country>Germany</country>
33 </postal>
34 <email>schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org</email>
35 </address>
36 </author>
37 <date month="December" year="2008"/>
38 <workgroup>LinuxSampler Developers</workgroup>
39 <keyword>LSCP</keyword>
40 <abstract>
41 <t>The LinuxSampler Control Protocol (LSCP) is an
42 application-level protocol primarily intended for local and
43 remote controlling the LinuxSampler backend application, which is a
44 sophisticated server-like console application essentially playing
45 back audio samples and manipulating the samples in real time to
46 certain extent.</t>
47 </abstract>
48 </front>
49
50 <middle>
51 <section title="Requirements notation">
52 <t>The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL",
53 "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY",
54 and "OPTIONAL" in this document are to be interpreted as
55 described in <xref target="RFC2119"/>.</t>
56
57 <t>This protocol is always case-sensitive if not explicitly
58 claimed the opposite.</t>
59
60 <t>In examples, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client
61 (front-end) and server (LinuxSampler) respectively. Lines in
62 examples must be interpreted as every line being CRLF
63 terminated (carriage return character followed by line feed
64 character as defined in the ASCII standard <xref target="RFC20"/>),
65 thus the following example:</t>
66
67 <t>
68 <list>
69 <t>C: "some line"</t>
70 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"another line"</t>
71 </list>
72 </t>
73
74 <t>must actually be interpreted as client sending the following
75 message:</t>
76
77 <t>
78 <list>
79 <t>"some line&lt;CR&gt;&lt;LF&gt;another
80 line&lt;CR&gt;&lt;LF&gt;"</t>
81 </list>
82 </t>
83
84 <t>where &lt;CR&gt; symbolizes the carriage return character and
85 &lt;LF&gt; the line feed character as defined in the ASCII
86 standard.</t>
87
88 <t>Due to technical reasons, messages can arbitrary be
89 fragmented, means the following example:</t>
90
91 <t>
92 <list>
93 <t>S: "abcd"</t>
94 </list>
95 </t>
96
97 <t>could also happen to be sent in three messages like in the
98 following sequence scenario:</t>
99
100 <t>
101 <list style="symbols">
102 <t>server sending message "a"</t>
103 <t>followed by a delay (pause) with
104 arbitrary duration</t>
105 <t>followed by server sending message
106 "bcd&lt;CR&gt;"</t>
107 <t>again followed by a delay (pause) with arbitrary
108 duration</t>
109 <t>followed by server sending the message
110 "&lt;LF&gt;"</t>
111 </list>
112 </t>
113
114 <t>where again &lt;CR&gt; and &lt;LF&gt; symbolize the carriage
115 return and line feed characters respectively.</t>
116 </section>
117
118 <section title="Versioning of this specification" anchor="LSCP versioning">
119 <t>LSCP will certainly be extended and enhanced by-and-by. Each official
120 release of the LSCP specification will be tagged with a unique version
121 tuple. The version tuple consists at least of a major and minor version
122 number like:
123 </t>
124 <t>
125 <list>
126 <t>"1.2"</t>
127 </list>
128 </t>
129 <t>
130 In this example the major version number would be "1" and the minor
131 version number would be "2". Note that the version tuple might also
132 have more than two elements. The major version number defines a
133 group of backward compatible versions. That means a frontend is
134 compatible to the connected sampler if and only if the LSCP versions
135 to which each of the two parties complies to, match both of the
136 following rules:
137 </t>
138 <t>Compatibility:</t>
139 <t>
140 <list style="numbers">
141 <t>The frontend's LSCP major version and the sampler's LSCP
142 major version are exactly equal.</t>
143 <t>The frontend's LSCP minor version is less or equal than
144 the sampler's LSCP minor version.</t>
145 </list>
146 </t>
147 <t>
148 Compatibility can only be claimed if both rules are true.
149 The frontend can use the
150 <xref target="GET SERVER INFO">"GET SERVER INFO"</xref> command to
151 get the version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with.
152 </t>
153 </section>
154
155 <section title="Introduction">
156 <t>LinuxSampler is a so called software sampler application
157 capable to playback audio samples from a computer's Random
158 Access Memory (RAM) as well as directly streaming it from disk.
159 LinuxSampler is designed to be modular. It provides several so
160 called "sampler engines" where each engine is specialized for a
161 certain purpose. LinuxSampler has virtual channels which will be
162 referred in this document as "sampler channels". The channels
163 are in such way virtual as they can be connected to an
164 arbitrary MIDI input method and arbitrary MIDI channel (e.g.
165 sampler channel 17 could be connected to an ALSA sequencer
166 device 64:0 and listening to MIDI channel 1 there). Each sampler
167 channel will be associated with an instance of one of the available
168 sampler engines (e.g. GigEngine, DLSEngine). The audio output of
169 each sampler channel can be routed to an arbitrary audio output
170 method (ALSA / JACK) and an arbitrary audio output channel
171 there.</t>
172 </section>
173
174 <section title="Focus of this protocol">
175 <t>Main focus of this protocol is to provide a way to configure
176 a running LinuxSampler instance and to retrieve information
177 about it. The focus of this protocol is not to provide a way to
178 control synthesis parameters or even to trigger or release
179 notes. Or in other words; the focus are those functionalities
180 which are not covered by MIDI or which may at most be handled
181 via MIDI System Exclusive Messages.</t>
182 </section>
183
184 <section title="Communication Overview">
185 <t>There are two distinct methods of communication between a
186 running instance of LinuxSampler and one or more control
187 applications, so called "front-ends": a simple request/response
188 communication method used by the clients to give commands to the
189 server as well as to inquire about server's status and a
190 subscribe/notify communication method used by the client to
191 subscribe to and receive notifications of certain events as they
192 happen on the server. The latter needs more effort to be
193 implemented in the front-end application. The two communication
194 methods will be described next.</t>
195
196 <section title="Request/response communication method">
197 <t>This simple communication method is based on
198 <xref target="RFC793">TCP</xref>. The
199 front-end application establishes a TCP connection to the
200 LinuxSampler instance on a certain host system. Then the
201 front-end application will send certain ASCII based commands
202 as defined in this document (every command line must be CRLF
203 terminated - see "Conventions used in this document" at the
204 beginning of this document) and the LinuxSampler application
205 will response after a certain process time with an
206 appropriate ASCII based answer, also as defined in this
207 document. So this TCP communication is simply based on query
208 and answer paradigm. That way LinuxSampler is only able to
209 answer on queries from front-ends, but not able to
210 automatically send messages to the client if it's not asked
211 to. The fronted should not reconnect to LinuxSampler for
212 every single command, instead it should keep the connection
213 established and simply resend message(s) for subsequent
214 commands. To keep information in the front-end up-to-date
215 the front-end has to periodically send new requests to get
216 the current information from the LinuxSampler instance. This
217 is often referred to as "polling". While polling is simple
218 to implement and may be OK to use in some cases, there may
219 be disadvantages to polling such as network traffic overhead
220 and information being out of date.
221 It is possible for a client or several clients to open more
222 than one connection to the server at the same time. It is
223 also possible to send more than one request to the server
224 at the same time but if those requests are sent over the
225 same connection server MUST execute them sequentially. Upon
226 executing a request server will produce a result set and
227 send it to the client. Each and every request made by the
228 client MUST result in a result set being sent back to the
229 client. No other data other than a result set may be sent by
230 a server to a client. No result set may be sent to a client
231 without the client sending request to the server first. On
232 any particular connection, result sets MUST be sent in their
233 entirety without being interrupted by other result sets. If
234 several requests got queued up at the server they MUST be
235 processed in the order they were received and result sets
236 MUST be sent back in the same order.</t>
237
238 <section title="Result format">
239 <t>Result set could be one of the following types:</t>
240 <t>
241 <list style="numbers">
242 <t>Normal</t>
243 <t>Warning</t>
244 <t>Error</t>
245 </list>
246 </t>
247 <t>Warning and Error result sets MUST be single line and
248 have the following format:</t>
249 <t>
250 <list style="symbols">
251 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;"</t>
252 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;"</t>
253 </list>
254 </t>
255 <t>Where &lt;warning-code&gt; and &lt;error-code&gt; are
256 numeric unique identifiers of the warning or error and
257 &lt;warning-message&gt; and &lt;error-message&gt; are
258 human readable descriptions of the warning or error
259 respectively.</t>
260 <t>Examples:</t>
261 <t>
262 <list>
263 <t>C: "LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/me/Boesendorfer24bit.gig" 0 0</t>
264 <t>S: "WRN:32:This is a 24 bit patch which is not supported natively yet."</t>
265 </list>
266 </t>
267 <t>
268 <list>
269 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA EAR"</t>
270 <t>S: "ERR:3456:Audio output driver 'ALSA' does not have a parameter 'EAR'."</t>
271 </list>
272 </t>
273 <t>
274 <list>
275 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 123456"</t>
276 <t>S: "ERR:9:There is no audio output device with index 123456."</t>
277 </list>
278 </t>
279 <t>Normal result sets could be:</t>
280 <t>
281 <list style="numbers">
282 <t>Empty</t>
283 <t>Single line</t>
284 <t>Multi-line</t>
285 </list>
286 </t>
287 <t> Empty result set is issued when the server only
288 needed to acknowledge the fact that the request was
289 received and it was processed successfully and no
290 additional information is available. This result set has
291 the following format:</t>
292 <t>
293 <list>
294 <t>"OK"</t>
295 </list>
296 </t>
297 <t>Example:</t>
298 <t>
299 <list>
300 <t>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 CHANNELS=4"</t>
301 <t>S: "OK"</t>
302 </list>
303 </t>
304 <t>Single line result sets are command specific. One
305 example of a single line result set is an empty line.
306 Multi-line result sets are command specific and may
307 include one or more lines of information. They MUST
308 always end with the following line:</t>
309 <t>
310 <list>
311 <t>"."</t>
312 </list>
313 </t>
314 <t>Example:</t>
315 <t>
316 <list>
317 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"</t>
318 <t>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"</t>
319 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CHANNELS: 2"</t>
320 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SAMPLERATE: 44100"</t>
321 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"</t>
322 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTS: 2"</t>
323 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"</t>
324 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CARD: '0,0'"</t>
325 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
326 </list>
327 </t>
328 <t>In addition to above mentioned formats, warnings and
329 empty result sets MAY be indexed. In this case, they
330 have the following formats respectively:</t>
331 <t>
332 <list style="symbols">
333 <t>"WRN[&lt;index&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;"</t>
334 <t>"OK[&lt;index&gt;]"</t>
335 </list>
336 </t>
337 <t>where &lt;index&gt; is command specific and is used
338 to indicate channel number that the result set was
339 related to or other integer value.</t>
340 <t>Each line of the result set MUST end with
341 &lt;CRLF&gt;.</t>
342 <t>Examples:</t>
343 <t>
344 <list>
345 <t>C: "ADD CHANNEL"</t>
346 <t>S: "OK[12]"</t>
347 </list>
348 </t>
349 <t>
350 <list>
351 <t>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA SAMPLERATE=96000"</t>
352 <t>S: "WRN[0]:32:Sample rate not supported, using 44100 instead."</t>
353 </list>
354 </t>
355 </section>
356 </section>
357 <section title="Subscribe/notify communication method">
358 <t>This more sophisticated communication method is actually
359 only an extension of the simple request/response
360 communication method. The front-end still uses a TCP
361 connection and sends the same commands on the TCP
362 connection. Two extra commands are SUBSCRIBE and UNSUBSCRIBE
363 commands that allow a client to tell the server that it is
364 interested in receiving notifications about certain events
365 as they happen on the server. The SUBSCRIBE command has the
366 following syntax:</t>
367
368 <t>
369 <list>
370 <t>SUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;</t>
371 </list>
372 </t>
373
374 <t>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective
375 event that client wants to subscribe to. Upon receiving such
376 request, server SHOULD respond with OK and start sending
377 EVENT notifications when a given even has occurred to the
378 front-end when an event has occurred. It MAY be possible
379 certain events may be sent before OK response during real
380 time nature of their generation. Event messages have the
381 following format:</t>
382
383 <t>
384 <list>
385 <t>NOTIFY:&lt;event-id&gt;:&lt;custom-event-data&gt;</t>
386 </list>
387 </t>
388
389 <t>where &lt;event-id&gt; uniquely identifies the event that
390 has occurred and &lt;custom-event-data&gt; is event
391 specific.</t>
392
393 <t>Several rules must be followed by the server when
394 generating events:</t>
395
396 <t>
397 <list style="numbers">
398 <t>Events MUST NOT be sent to any client who has not
399 issued an appropriate SUBSCRIBE command.</t>
400 <t>Events MUST only be sent using the same
401 connection that was used to subscribe to them.</t>
402 <t>When response is being sent to the client, event
403 MUST be inserted in the stream before or after the
404 response, but NOT in the middle. Same is true about
405 the response. It should never be inserted in the
406 middle of the event message as well as any other
407 response.</t>
408 </list>
409 </t>
410
411 <t>If the client is not interested in a particular event
412 anymore it MAY issue UNSUBSCRIBE command using the following
413 syntax:</t>
414
415 <t>
416 <list>
417 <t>UNSUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;</t>
418 </list>
419 </t>
420
421 <t>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replace by the respective
422 event that client is no longer interested in receiving. For
423 a list of supported events see <xref target="events" />.</t>
424
425 <t>Example: the fill states of disk stream buffers have
426 changed on sampler channel 4 and the LinuxSampler instance
427 will react by sending the following message to all clients
428 who subscribed to this event:</t>
429
430 <t>
431 <list>
432 <t>NOTIFY:CHANNEL_BUFFER_FILL:4 [35]62%,[33]80%,[37]98%</t>
433 </list>
434 </t>
435
436 <t>Which means there are currently three active streams on
437 sampler channel 4, where the stream with ID "35" is filled
438 by 62%, stream with ID 33 is filled by 80% and stream with
439 ID 37 is filled by 98%.</t>
440
441 <t>Clients may choose to open more than one connection to
442 the server and use some connections to receive notifications
443 while using other connections to issue commands to the
444 back-end. This is entirely legal and up to the
445 implementation. This does not change the protocol in any way
446 and no special restrictions exist on the server to allow or
447 disallow this or to track what connections belong to what
448 front-ends. Server will listen on a single port, accept
449 multiple connections and support protocol described in this
450 specification in it's entirety on this single port on each
451 connection that it accepted.</t>
452
453 <t>Due to the fact that TCP is used for this communication,
454 dead peers will be detected automatically by the OS TCP
455 stack. While it may take a while to detect dead peers if no
456 traffic is being sent from server to client (TCP keep-alive
457 timer is set to 2 hours on many OSes) it will not be an
458 issue here as when notifications are sent by the server,
459 dead client will be detected quickly.</t>
460
461 <t>When connection is closed for any reason server MUST
462 forget all subscriptions that were made on this connection.
463 If client reconnects it MUST resubscribe to all events that
464 it wants to receive.</t>
465
466 </section>
467 </section>
468
469 <section title="Description for control commands" anchor="control_commands">
470 <t>This chapter will describe the available control commands
471 that can be sent on the TCP connection in detail. Some certain
472 commands (e.g. <xref target="GET CHANNEL INFO">"GET CHANNEL INFO"</xref>
473 or <xref target="GET ENGINE INFO">"GET ENGINE INFO"</xref>) lead to
474 multiple-line responses. In this case LinuxSampler signals the
475 end of the response by a "." (single dot) line.</t>
476
477 <section title="Ignored lines and comments">
478 <t>White lines, that is lines which only contain space and
479 tabulator characters, and lines that start with a "#"
480 character are ignored, thus it's possible for example to
481 group commands and to place comments in a LSCP script
482 file.</t>
483 </section>
484
485 <section title="Configuring audio drivers">
486 <t>Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices.
487 You can use multiple audio devices simultaneously, e.g. to
488 output the sound of one sampler channel using the ALSA audio
489 output driver, and on another sampler channel you might want
490 to use the JACK audio output driver. For particular audio
491 output systems it's also possible to create several devices
492 of the same audio output driver, e.g. two separate ALSA
493 audio output devices for using two different sound cards at
494 the same time. This chapter describes all commands to
495 configure LinuxSampler's audio output devices and their
496 parameters.</t>
497
498 <t>Instead of defining commands and parameters for each
499 driver individually, all possible parameters, their meanings
500 and possible values have to be obtained at runtime. This
501 makes the protocol a bit abstract, but has the advantage,
502 that front-ends can be written independently of what drivers
503 are currently implemented and what parameters these drivers
504 are actually offering. This means front-ends can even handle
505 drivers which are implemented somewhere in future without
506 modifying the front-end at all.</t>
507
508 <t>Note: examples in this chapter showing particular
509 parameters of drivers are not meant as specification of the
510 drivers' parameters. Driver implementations in LinuxSampler
511 might have complete different parameter names and meanings
512 than shown in these examples or might change in future, so
513 these examples are only meant for showing how to retrieve
514 what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
515 possible values, etc.</t>
516
517 <section title="Getting amount of available audio output drivers" anchor="GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">
518 <t>Use the following command to get the number of
519 audio output drivers currently available for the
520 LinuxSampler instance:</t>
521 <t>
522 <list>
523 <t>GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS</t>
524 </list>
525 </t>
526 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
527 <t>
528 <list>
529 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the
530 number of audio output drivers.</t>
531 </list>
532 </t>
533 <t>Example:</t>
534 <t>
535 <list>
536 <t>C: "GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"</t>
537 <t>S: "2"</t>
538 </list>
539 </t>
540 </section>
541
542 <section title="Getting all available audio output drivers" anchor="LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">
543 <t>Use the following command to list all audio output
544 drivers currently available for the LinuxSampler
545 instance:</t>
546 <t>
547 <list>
548 <t>LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS</t>
549 </list>
550 </t>
551 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
552 <t>
553 <list>
554 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma
555 separated character strings, each symbolizing an
556 audio output driver.</t>
557 </list>
558 </t>
559 <t>Example:</t>
560 <t>
561 <list>
562 <t>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"</t>
563 <t>S: "ALSA,JACK"</t>
564 </list>
565 </t>
566 </section>
567
568 <section title="Getting information about a specific audio
569 output driver" anchor="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO">
570 <t>Use the following command to get detailed information
571 about a specific audio output driver:</t>
572 <t>
573 <list>
574 <t>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO
575 &lt;audio-output-driver&gt;</t>
576 </list>
577 </t>
578 <t>Where &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; is the name of the
579 audio output driver, returned by the
580 <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"</xref> command.</t>
581 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
582 <t>
583 <list>
584 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a
585 &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list. Each answer line
586 begins with the information category name
587 followed by a colon and then a space character
588 &lt;SP&gt; and finally the info character string
589 to that info category. At the moment the
590 following information categories are
591 defined:</t>
592
593 <t>
594 <list>
595 <t>DESCRIPTION -
596 <list>
597 <t> character string describing the
598 audio output driver</t>
599 </list>
600 </t>
601
602 <t>VERSION -
603 <list>
604 <t>character string reflecting the
605 driver's version</t>
606 </list>
607 </t>
608
609 <t>PARAMETERS -
610 <list>
611 <t>comma separated list of all
612 parameters available for the given
613 audio output driver, at least
614 parameters 'channels', 'samplerate'
615 and 'active' are offered by all audio
616 output drivers</t>
617 </list>
618 </t>
619 </list>
620 </t>
621
622 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be
623 in particular order.</t>
624 </list>
625 </t>
626 <t>Example:</t>
627 <t>
628 <list>
629 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"</t>
630 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound
631 Architecture"</t>
632 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: 1.0"</t>
633 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PARAMETERS:
634 DRIVER,CHANNELS,SAMPLERATE,ACTIVE,FRAGMENTS,
635 FRAGMENTSIZE,CARD"</t>
636 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
637 </list>
638 </t>
639 </section>
640
641 <section title="Getting information about specific audio
642 output driver parameter" anchor="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO">
643 <t>Use the following command to get detailed information
644 about a specific audio output driver parameter:</t>
645 <t>
646 <list>
647 <t>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO &lt;audio&gt; &lt;prm&gt; [&lt;deplist&gt;]</t>
648 </list>
649 </t>
650 <t>Where &lt;audio&gt; is the name of the audio output
651 driver as returned by the <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">
652 "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"</xref> command,
653 &lt;prm&gt; a specific parameter name for which information should be
654 obtained (as returned by the
655 <xref target="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO">"GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"</xref> command) and
656 &lt;deplist&gt; is an optional list of parameters on which the sought
657 parameter &lt;prm&gt; depends on, &lt;deplist&gt; is a list of key-value
658 pairs in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where character string values
659 are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments given with &lt;deplist&gt;
660 which are not dependency parameters of &lt;prm&gt; will be ignored, means
661 the front-end application can simply put all parameters into &lt;deplist&gt;
662 with the values already selected by the user.</t>
663 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
664 <t>
665 <list>
666 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a
667 &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
668 Each answer line begins with the information category name
669 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and
670 finally
671 the info character string to that info category. There are
672 information which is always returned, independently of the
673 given driver parameter and there are optional information
674 which is only shown dependently to given driver parameter. At
675 the moment the following information categories are defined:</t>
676 </list>
677 </t>
678
679 <t>
680 <list>
681 <t>TYPE -
682 <list>
683 <t>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or
684 "INT" for integer
685 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
686 character string(s)
687 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
688 </list>
689 </t>
690
691 <t>DESCRIPTION -
692 <list>
693 <t>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
694 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
695 </list>
696 </t>
697
698 <t>MANDATORY -
699 <list>
700 <t>either true or false, defines if this parameter must be
701 given when the device is to be created with the
702 <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'</xref>
703 command (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
704 </list>
705 </t>
706
707 <t>FIX -
708 <list>
709 <t>either true or false, if false then this parameter can
710 be changed at any time, once the device is created by
711 the <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'</xref>
712 command (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
713 </list>
714 </t>
715
716 <t>MULTIPLICITY -
717 <list>
718 <t>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
719 only one value or a list of values, where true means
720 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
721 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
722 </list>
723 </t>
724
725 <t>DEPENDS -
726 <list>
727 <t>comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends
728 on, means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN',
729 'RANGE_MAX' and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these
730 listed parameters, for example assuming that an audio
731 driver (like the ALSA driver) offers parameters 'card'
732 and 'samplerate' then parameter 'samplerate' would
733 depend on 'card' because the possible values for
734 'samplerate' depends on the sound card which can be
735 chosen by the 'card' parameter
736 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
737 </list>
738 </t>
739
740 <t>DEFAULT -
741 <list>
742 <t>reflects the default value for this parameter which is
743 used when the device is created and not explicitly
744 given with the <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">
745 'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'</xref> command,
746 in case of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated
747 list, that's why character strings are encapsulated into
748 apostrophes (')
749 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
750 </list>
751 </t>
752
753 <t>RANGE_MIN -
754 <list>
755 <t>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
756 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
757 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction
758 with RANGE_MAX, but may also appear without
759 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
760 </list>
761 </t>
762
763 <t>RANGE_MAX -
764 <list>
765 <t>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
766 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
767 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction with
768 RANGE_MIN, but may also appear without
769 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
770 </list>
771 </t>
772
773 <t>POSSIBILITIES -
774 <list>
775 <t>comma separated list of possible values for this
776 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
777 apostrophes
778 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
779 </list>
780 </t>
781 </list>
782 </t>
783
784 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
785
786 <t>Examples:</t>
787 <t>
788 <list>
789 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA CARD"</t>
790 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: sound card to be used"</t>
791 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"</t>
792 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"</t>
793 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: true"</t>
794 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"</t>
795 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: '0,0'"</t>
796 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: '0,0','1,0','2,0'"</t>
797 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
798 </list>
799 </t>
800 <t>
801 <list>
802 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE"</t>
803 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"</t>
804 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: INT"</t>
805 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"</t>
806 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"</t>
807 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"</t>
808 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEPENDS: card"</t>
809 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: 44100"</t>
810 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
811 </list>
812 </t>
813 <t>
814 <list>
815 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE CARD='0,0'"</t>
816 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"</t>
817 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: INT"</t>
818 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"</t>
819 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"</t>
820 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"</t>
821 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEPENDS: card"</t>
822 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: 44100"</t>
823 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"RANGE_MIN: 22050"</t>
824 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"RANGE_MAX: 96000"</t>
825 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
826 </list>
827 </t>
828 </section>
829
830 <section title="Creating an audio output device" anchor="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">
831 <t>Use the following command to create a new audio output device for the desired audio output system:</t>
832
833 <t>
834 <list>
835 <t>CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; [&lt;param-list&gt;]</t>
836 </list>
837 </t>
838
839 <t>Where &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; should be replaced by the desired audio
840 output system as returned by the
841 <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"</xref>
842 command and &lt;param-list&gt; by an optional list of driver
843 specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where
844 character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes (').
845 Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to be
846 given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
847 this chapter to get this information.</t>
848
849 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
850 <t>
851 <list>
852 <t>"OK[&lt;device-id&gt;]" -
853 <list>
854 <t>in case the device was successfully created, where
855 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device</t>
856 </list>
857 </t>
858 <t>"WRN[&lt;device-id&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
859 <list>
860 <t>in case the device was created successfully, where
861 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device, but there
862 are noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. sound card doesn't
863 support given hardware parameters and the driver is using
864 fall-back values), providing an appropriate warning code and
865 warning message</t>
866 </list>
867 </t>
868 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
869 <list>
870 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
871 </list>
872 </t>
873 </list>
874 </t>
875 <t>Examples:</t>
876 <t>
877 <list>
878 <t>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA"</t>
879 <t>S: "OK[0]"</t>
880 </list>
881 </t>
882 <t>
883 <list>
884 <t>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA CARD='2,0' SAMPLERATE=96000"</t>
885 <t>S: "OK[1]"</t>
886 </list>
887 </t>
888 </section>
889
890 <section title="Destroying an audio output device" anchor="DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">
891 <t>Use the following command to destroy a created output device:</t>
892 <t>
893 <list>
894 <t>DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;device-id&gt;</t>
895 </list>
896 </t>
897 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
898 audio output device as given by the
899 <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
900 or <xref target="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
901 command.</t>
902 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
903 <t>
904 <list>
905 <t>"OK" -
906 <list>
907 <t>in case the device was successfully destroyed</t>
908 </list>
909 </t>
910 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
911 <list>
912 <t>in case the device was destroyed successfully, but there are
913 noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. an audio over ethernet
914 driver was unloaded but the other host might not be
915 informed about this situation), providing an appropriate
916 warning code and warning message</t>
917 </list>
918 </t>
919 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
920 <list>
921 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
922 error message</t>
923 </list>
924 </t>
925 </list>
926 </t>
927 <t>Example:</t>
928 <t>
929 <list>
930 <t>C: "DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE 0"</t>
931 <t>S: "OK"</t>
932 </list>
933 </t>
934 </section>
935
936 <section title="Getting all created audio output device count" anchor="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">
937 <t>Use the following command to count all created audio output devices:</t>
938 <t>
939 <list>
940 <t>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES</t>
941 </list>
942 </t>
943 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
944 <t>
945 <list>
946 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
947 audio output devices.</t>
948 </list>
949 </t>
950 <t>Example:</t>
951 <t>
952 <list>
953 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</t>
954 <t>S: "4"</t>
955 </list>
956 </t>
957 </section>
958
959 <section title="Getting all created audio output device list" anchor="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">
960 <t>Use the following command to list all created audio output devices:</t>
961 <t>
962 <list>
963 <t>LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES</t>
964 </list>
965 </t>
966 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
967 <t>
968 <list>
969 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
970 the numerical IDs of all audio output devices.</t>
971 </list>
972 </t>
973 <t>Example:</t>
974 <t>
975 <list>
976 <t>C: "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</t>
977 <t>S: "0,1,4,5"</t>
978 </list>
979 </t>
980 </section>
981
982 <section title="Getting current settings of an audio output device" anchor="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO">
983 <t>Use the following command to get current settings of a specific, created audio output device:</t>
984 <t>
985 <list>
986 <t>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO &lt;device-id&gt;</t>
987 </list>
988 </t>
989 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by numerical ID
990 of the audio output device as e.g. returned by the
991 <xref target="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</xref> command.</t>
992 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
993 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
994 Each answer line begins with the information category name
995 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
996 the info character string to that info category. As some
997 parameters might allow multiple values, character strings are
998 encapsulated into apostrophes ('). At the moment the following
999 information categories are defined (independently of device):</t>
1000 <t>
1001 <list>
1002 <t>DRIVER -
1003 <list>
1004 <t>identifier of the used audio output driver, as also
1005 returned by the
1006 <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">
1007 "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"</xref>
1008 command</t>
1009 </list>
1010 </t>
1011 <t>CHANNELS -
1012 <list>
1013 <t>amount of audio output channels this device currently
1014 offers</t>
1015 </list>
1016 </t>
1017 <t>SAMPLERATE -
1018 <list>
1019 <t>playback sample rate the device uses</t>
1020 </list>
1021 </t>
1022 <t>ACTIVE -
1023 <list>
1024 <t>either true or false, if false then the audio device is
1025 inactive and doesn't output any sound, nor do the
1026 sampler channels connected to this audio device render
1027 any audio</t>
1028 </list>
1029 </t>
1030 </list>
1031 </t>
1032 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
1033 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
1034 returned by all audio output devices. Every audio output driver
1035 might have its own, additional driver specific parameters (see
1036 <xref target="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO" />)
1037 which are also returned by this command.</t>
1038 <t>Example:</t>
1039 <t>
1040 <list>
1041 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"</t>
1042 <t>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"</t>
1043 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CHANNELS: 2"</t>
1044 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SAMPLERATE: 44100"</t>
1045 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"</t>
1046 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTS: 2"</t>
1047 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"</t>
1048 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CARD: '0,0'"</t>
1049 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1050 </list>
1051 </t>
1052 </section>
1053
1054
1055 <section title="Changing settings of audio output devices" anchor="SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER">
1056 <t>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created audio output device:</t>
1057 <t>
1058 <list>
1059 <t>SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</t>
1060 </list>
1061 </t>
1062 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
1063 audio output device as given by the
1064 <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1065 or <xref target="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1066 command, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the parameter to change
1067 and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.</t>
1068 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1069 <t>
1070 <list>
1071 <t>"OK" -
1072 <list>
1073 <t>in case setting was successfully changed</t>
1074 </list>
1075 </t>
1076 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1077 <list>
1078 <t>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1079 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
1080 warning code and warning message</t>
1081 </list>
1082 </t>
1083 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1084 <list>
1085 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1086 error message</t>
1087 </list>
1088 </t>
1089 </list>
1090 </t>
1091 <t>Example:</t>
1092 <t>
1093 <list>
1094 <t>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 FRAGMENTSIZE=128"</t>
1095 <t>S: "OK"</t>
1096 </list>
1097 </t>
1098 </section>
1099
1100 <section title="Getting information about an audio channel" anchor="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO">
1101 <t>Use the following command to get information about an audio channel:</t>
1102 <t>
1103 <list>
1104 <t>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;audio-chan&gt;</t>
1105 </list>
1106 </t>
1107 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as given by the
1108 <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1109 or <xref target="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1110 command and &lt;audio-chan&gt; the audio channel number.</t>
1111 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1112 <t>
1113 <list>
1114 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1115 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1116 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1117 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
1118 the following information categories are defined:</t>
1119
1120 <t>
1121 <list>
1122 <t>NAME -
1123 <list>
1124 <t>arbitrary character string naming the channel, which
1125 doesn't have to be unique (always returned by all audio channels)</t>
1126 </list>
1127 </t>
1128 <t>IS_MIX_CHANNEL -
1129 <list>
1130 <t>either true or false, a mix-channel is not a real,
1131 independent audio channel, but a virtual channel which
1132 is mixed to another real channel, this mechanism is
1133 needed for sampler engines which need more audio
1134 channels than the used audio system might be able to offer
1135 (always returned by all audio channels)</t>
1136 </list>
1137 </t>
1138 <t>MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION -
1139 <list>
1140 <t>numerical ID (positive integer including 0)
1141 which reflects the real audio channel (of the same audio
1142 output device) this mix channel refers to, means where
1143 the audio signal actually will be routed / added to
1144 (only returned in case the audio channel is mix channel)</t>
1145 </list>
1146 </t>
1147 </list>
1148 </t>
1149 </list>
1150 </t>
1151
1152 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
1153 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
1154 generally returned for the described cases by all audio
1155 channels regardless of the audio driver. Every audio channel
1156 might have its own, additional driver and channel specific
1157 parameters.</t>
1158
1159 <t>Examples:</t>
1160
1161 <t>
1162 <list>
1163 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 0"</t>
1164 <t>S: "NAME: studio monitor left"</t>
1165 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"</t>
1166 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1167 </list>
1168 </t>
1169
1170 <t>
1171 <list>
1172 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 1"</t>
1173 <t>S: "NAME: studio monitor right"</t>
1174 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"</t>
1175 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1176 </list>
1177 </t>
1178
1179 <t>
1180 <list>
1181 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 2"</t>
1182 <t>S: "NAME: studio monitor left"</t>
1183 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: true"</t>
1184 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION: 1"</t>
1185 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1186 </list>
1187 </t>
1188
1189 <t>
1190 <list>
1191 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 1 0"</t>
1192 <t>S: "NAME: 'ardour (left)'"</t>
1193 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"</t>
1194 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"JACK_BINDINGS: 'ardour:0'"</t>
1195 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1196 </list>
1197 </t>
1198 </section>
1199
1200 <section title="Getting information about specific audio channel parameter" anchor="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO">
1201 <t>Use the following command to get detailed information about specific audio channel parameter:</t>
1202
1203 <t>
1204 <list>
1205 <t>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;chan&gt; &lt;param&gt;</t>
1206 </list>
1207 </t>
1208
1209 <t>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as returned by the
1210 <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1211 or <xref target="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1212 command, &lt;chan&gt; the audio channel number
1213 and &lt;param&gt; a specific channel parameter name for which information should
1214 be obtained (as returned by the <xref target="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO">
1215 "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO"</xref> command).</t>
1216 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1217
1218 <t>
1219 <list>
1220 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1221 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1222 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1223 the info character string to that info category. There are
1224 information which is always returned, independently of the
1225 given channel parameter and there is optional information
1226 which is only shown dependently to the given audio channel. At
1227 the moment the following information categories are defined:</t>
1228 <t>
1229 <list>
1230 <t>TYPE -
1231 <list>
1232 <t>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1233 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1234 character string(s)
1235 (always returned)</t>
1236 </list>
1237 </t>
1238 <t>DESCRIPTION -
1239 <list>
1240 <t>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always returned)</t>
1241 </list>
1242 </t>
1243 <t>FIX -
1244 <list>
1245 <t>either true or false, if true then this parameter is
1246 read only, thus cannot be altered
1247 (always returned)</t>
1248 </list>
1249 </t>
1250 <t>MULTIPLICITY -
1251 <list>
1252 <t>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
1253 only one value or a list of values, where true means
1254 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
1255 (always returned)</t>
1256 </list>
1257 </t>
1258 <t>RANGE_MIN -
1259 <list>
1260 <t>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1261 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1262 number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX',
1263 but may also appear without
1264 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
1265 parameter)</t>
1266 </list>
1267 </t>
1268 <t>RANGE_MAX -
1269 <list>
1270 <t>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1271 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1272 number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MIN',
1273 but may also appear without
1274 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
1275 parameter)</t>
1276 </list>
1277 </t>
1278 <t>POSSIBILITIES -
1279 <list>
1280 <t>comma separated list of possible values for this
1281 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
1282 apostrophes
1283 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
1284 parameter)</t>
1285 </list>
1286 </t>
1287 </list>
1288 </t>
1289 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
1290 </list>
1291 </t>
1292 <t>Example:</t>
1293 <t>
1294 <list>
1295 <t>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO 1 0 JACK_BINDINGS"</t>
1296 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other JACK clients"</t>
1297 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"</t>
1298 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"</t>
1299 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: true"</t>
1300 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: 'PCM:0','PCM:1','ardour:0','ardour:1'"</t>
1301 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1302 </list>
1303 </t>
1304 </section>
1305
1306 <section title="Changing settings of audio output channels" anchor="SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER">
1307 <t>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of an audio output channel:</t>
1308 <t>
1309 <list>
1310 <t>SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;chn&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</t>
1311 </list>
1312 </t>
1313 <t>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio output device as returned by the
1314 <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1315 or <xref target="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1316 command, &lt;chn&gt; by the audio channel number, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the
1317 parameter to change and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.</t>
1318 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1319 <t>
1320 <list>
1321 <t>"OK" -
1322 <list>
1323 <t>in case setting was successfully changed</t>
1324 </list>
1325 </t>
1326 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1327 <list>
1328 <t>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1329 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
1330 warning code and warning message</t>
1331 </list>
1332 </t>
1333 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1334 <list>
1335 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1336 error message</t>
1337 </list>
1338 </t>
1339 </list>
1340 </t>
1341 <t>Example:</t>
1342 <t>
1343 <list>
1344 <t>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 JACK_BINDINGS='PCM:0'"</t>
1345 <t>S: "OK"</t>
1346 </list>
1347 </t>
1348 <t>
1349 <list>
1350 <t>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 NAME='monitor left'"</t>
1351 <t>S: "OK"</t>
1352 </list>
1353 </t>
1354 </section>
1355 </section>
1356
1357 <section title="Configuring MIDI input drivers">
1358 <t>Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices. You can use
1359 multiple MIDI devices simultaneously, e.g. to use MIDI over ethernet as
1360 MIDI input on one sampler channel and ALSA as MIDI input on another sampler
1361 channel. For particular MIDI input systems it's also possible to create
1362 several devices of the same MIDI input type. This chapter describes all
1363 commands to configure LinuxSampler's MIDI input devices and their parameters.</t>
1364
1365 <t>Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver individually,
1366 all possible parameters, their meanings and possible values have to be obtained
1367 at runtime. This makes the protocol a bit abstract, but has the advantage, that
1368 front-ends can be written independently of what drivers are currently implemented
1369 and what parameters these drivers are actually offering. This means front-ends can
1370 even handle drivers which are implemented somewhere in future without modifying
1371 the front-end at all.</t>
1372
1373 <t>Commands for configuring MIDI input devices are pretty much the same as the
1374 commands for configuring audio output drivers, already described in the last
1375 chapter.</t>
1376
1377 <t>Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of drivers are
1378 not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters. Driver implementations in
1379 LinuxSampler might have complete different parameter names and meanings than shown
1380 in these examples or might change in future, so these examples are only meant for
1381 showing how to retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
1382 possible values, etc.</t>
1383
1384 <section title="Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers" anchor="GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">
1385 <t>Use the following command to get the number of
1386 MIDI input drivers currently available for the
1387 LinuxSampler instance:</t>
1388 <t>
1389 <list>
1390 <t>GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS</t>
1391 </list>
1392 </t>
1393 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1394 <t>
1395 <list>
1396 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the
1397 number of available MIDI input drivers.</t>
1398 </list>
1399 </t>
1400 <t>Example:</t>
1401 <t>
1402 <list>
1403 <t>C: "GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"</t>
1404 <t>S: "2"</t>
1405 </list>
1406 </t>
1407 </section>
1408
1409 <section title="Getting all available MIDI input drivers" anchor="LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">
1410 <t>Use the following command to list all MIDI input drivers currently available
1411 for the LinuxSampler instance:</t>
1412 <t>
1413 <list>
1414 <t>LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS</t>
1415 </list>
1416 </t>
1417 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1418 <t>
1419 <list>
1420 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
1421 strings, each symbolizing a MIDI input driver.</t>
1422 </list>
1423 </t>
1424 <t>Example:</t>
1425 <t>
1426 <list>
1427 <t>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"</t>
1428 <t>S: "ALSA,JACK"</t>
1429 </list>
1430 </t>
1431 </section>
1432
1433 <section title="Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver" anchor="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO">
1434 <t>Use the following command to get detailed information about a specific MIDI input driver:</t>
1435 <t>
1436 <list>
1437 <t>GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO &lt;midi-input-driver&gt;</t>
1438 </list>
1439 </t>
1440 <t>Where &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned
1441 by the <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">
1442 "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"</xref> command.</t>
1443 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1444 <t>
1445 <list>
1446 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1447 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1448 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1449 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
1450 the following information categories are defined:</t>
1451
1452 <t>
1453 <list>
1454 <t>DESCRIPTION -
1455 <list>
1456 <t>arbitrary description text about the MIDI input driver</t>
1457 </list>
1458 </t>
1459 <t>VERSION -
1460 <list>
1461 <t>arbitrary character string regarding the driver's version</t>
1462 </list>
1463 </t>
1464 <t>PARAMETERS -
1465 <list>
1466 <t>comma separated list of all parameters available for the given MIDI input driver</t>
1467 </list>
1468 </t>
1469 </list>
1470 </t>
1471
1472 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
1473 </list>
1474 </t>
1475
1476 <t>Example:</t>
1477
1478 <t>
1479 <list>
1480 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"</t>
1481 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"</t>
1482 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: 1.0"</t>
1483 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PARAMETERS: DRIVER,ACTIVE"</t>
1484 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1485 </list>
1486 </t>
1487 </section>
1488
1489 <section title="Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter" anchor="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO">
1490 <t>Use the following command to get detailed information about a specific parameter of a specific MIDI input driver:</t>
1491 <t>
1492 <list>
1493 <t>GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO &lt;midit&gt; &lt;param&gt; [&lt;deplist&gt;]</t>
1494 </list>
1495 </t>
1496
1497 <t>Where &lt;midit&gt; is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned
1498 by the <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">
1499 "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"</xref> command, &lt;param&gt; a specific
1500 parameter name for which information should be obtained (as returned by the
1501 <xref target="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO">
1502 "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"</xref> command) and &lt;deplist&gt; is an optional list
1503 of parameters on which the sought parameter &lt;param&gt; depends on,
1504 &lt;deplist&gt; is a key-value pair list in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...",
1505 where character string values are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments
1506 given with &lt;deplist&gt; which are not dependency parameters of &lt;param&gt;
1507 will be ignored, means the front-end application can simply put all parameters
1508 in &lt;deplist&gt; with the values selected by the user.</t>
1509
1510 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1511
1512 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF> separated list.
1513 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1514 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP> and finally
1515 the info character string to that info category. There is
1516 information which is always returned, independent of the
1517 given driver parameter and there is optional information
1518 which is only shown dependent to given driver parameter. At
1519 the moment the following information categories are defined:</t>
1520
1521 <t>
1522 <list>
1523 <t>TYPE -
1524 <list>
1525 <t>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1526 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1527 character string(s)
1528 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
1529 </list>
1530 </t>
1531
1532 <t>DESCRIPTION -
1533 <list>
1534 <t>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
1535 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
1536 </list>
1537 </t>
1538
1539 <t>MANDATORY -
1540 <list>
1541 <t>either true or false, defines if this parameter must be
1542 given when the device is to be created with the
1543 <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">
1544 'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'</xref> command
1545 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
1546 </list>
1547 </t>
1548
1549 <t>FIX -
1550 <list>
1551 <t>either true or false, if false then this parameter can
1552 be changed at any time, once the device is created by
1553 the <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">
1554 'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'</xref> command
1555 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
1556 </list>
1557 </t>
1558
1559 <t>MULTIPLICITY -
1560 <list>
1561 <t>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
1562 only one value or a list of values, where true means
1563 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
1564 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)</t>
1565 </list>
1566 </t>
1567
1568 <t>DEPENDS -
1569 <list>
1570 <t>comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends
1571 on, means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN',
1572 'RANGE_MAX' and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these
1573 listed parameters, for example assuming that an audio
1574 driver (like the ALSA driver) offers parameters 'card'
1575 and 'samplerate' then parameter 'samplerate' would
1576 depend on 'card' because the possible values for
1577 'samplerate' depends on the sound card which can be
1578 chosen by the 'card' parameter
1579 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
1580 </list>
1581 </t>
1582
1583 <t>DEFAULT -
1584 <list>
1585 <t>reflects the default value for this parameter which is
1586 used when the device is created and not explicitly
1587 given with the <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">
1588 'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'</xref> command,
1589 in case of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated
1590 list, that's why character strings are encapsulated into
1591 apostrophes (')
1592 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
1593 </list>
1594 </t>
1595
1596 <t>RANGE_MIN -
1597 <list>
1598 <t>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1599 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1600 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction
1601 with RANGE_MAX, but may also appear without
1602 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
1603 </list>
1604 </t>
1605
1606 <t>RANGE_MAX -
1607 <list>
1608 <t>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1609 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1610 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction with
1611 RANGE_MIN, but may also appear without
1612 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
1613 </list>
1614 </t>
1615
1616 <t>POSSIBILITIES -
1617 <list>
1618 <t>comma separated list of possible values for this
1619 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
1620 apostrophes
1621 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)</t>
1622 </list>
1623 </t>
1624 </list>
1625 </t>
1626
1627 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
1628
1629 <t>Example:</t>
1630 <t>
1631 <list>
1632 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA ACTIVE"</t>
1633 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: Whether device is enabled"</t>
1634 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: BOOL"</t>
1635 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"</t>
1636 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"</t>
1637 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"</t>
1638 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: true"</t>
1639 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1640 </list>
1641 </t>
1642 </section>
1643
1644 <section title="Creating a MIDI input device" anchor="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">
1645 <t>Use the following command to create a new MIDI input device for the desired MIDI input system:</t>
1646 <t>
1647 <list>
1648 <t>CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; [&lt;param-list&gt;]</t>
1649 </list>
1650 </t>
1651
1652 <t>Where &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; should be replaced by the desired MIDI input system as returned
1653 by the <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">
1654 "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"</xref> command and &lt;param-list&gt; by an
1655 optional list of driver specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where
1656 character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes (').
1657 Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to be
1658 given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
1659 this chapter to get that information.</t>
1660
1661 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1662 <t>
1663 <list>
1664 <t>"OK[&lt;device-id&gt;]" -
1665 <list>
1666 <t>in case the device was successfully created, where
1667 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device</t>
1668 </list>
1669 </t>
1670 <t>"WRN[&lt;device-id&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1671 <list>
1672 <t>in case the driver was loaded successfully, where
1673 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device, but
1674 there are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an
1675 appropriate warning code and warning message</t>
1676 </list>
1677 </t>
1678 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1679 <list>
1680 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
1681 </list>
1682 </t>
1683 </list>
1684 </t>
1685 <t>Example:</t>
1686 <t>
1687 <list>
1688 <t>C: "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE ALSA"</t>
1689 <t>S: "OK[0]"</t>
1690 </list>
1691 </t>
1692 </section>
1693
1694 <section title="Destroying a MIDI input device" anchor="DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">
1695 <t>Use the following command to destroy a created MIDI input device:</t>
1696 <t>
1697 <list>
1698 <t>DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;device-id&gt;</t>
1699 </list>
1700 </t>
1701 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the device's numerical ID as returned by the
1702 <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1703 or <xref target="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1704 command.</t>
1705 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1706 <t>
1707 <list>
1708 <t>"OK" -
1709 <list>
1710 <t>in case the device was successfully destroyed</t>
1711 </list>
1712 </t>
1713 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1714 <list>
1715 <t>in case the device was destroyed, but there are noteworthy
1716 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
1717 warning message</t>
1718 </list>
1719 </t>
1720 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1721 <list>
1722 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
1723 </list>
1724 </t>
1725 </list>
1726 </t>
1727 <t>Example:</t>
1728 <t>
1729 <list>
1730 <t>C: "DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE 0"</t>
1731 <t>S: "OK"</t>
1732 </list>
1733 </t>
1734 </section>
1735
1736 <section title="Getting all created MIDI input device count" anchor="GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">
1737 <t>Use the following command to count all created MIDI input devices:</t>
1738 <t>
1739 <list>
1740 <t>GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES</t>
1741 </list>
1742 </t>
1743 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1744 <t>
1745 <list>
1746 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
1747 MIDI input devices.</t>
1748 </list>
1749 </t>
1750 <t>Example:</t>
1751 <t>
1752 <list>
1753 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</t>
1754 <t>S: "3"</t>
1755 </list>
1756 </t>
1757 </section>
1758
1759
1760 <section title="Getting all created MIDI input device list" anchor="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">
1761 <t>Use the following command to list all created MIDI input devices:</t>
1762 <t>
1763 <list>
1764 <t>LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES</t>
1765 </list>
1766 </t>
1767 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1768 <t>
1769 <list>
1770 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list
1771 with the numerical Ids of all created MIDI input devices.</t>
1772 </list>
1773 </t>
1774 <t>Examples:</t>
1775 <t>
1776 <list>
1777 <t>C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</t>
1778 <t>S: "0,1,2"</t>
1779 </list>
1780 </t>
1781 <t>
1782 <list>
1783 <t>C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</t>
1784 <t>S: "1,3"</t>
1785 </list>
1786 </t>
1787 </section>
1788
1789 <section title="Getting current settings of a MIDI input device" anchor="GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO">
1790 <t>Use the following command to get current settings of a specific, created MIDI input device:</t>
1791 <t>
1792 <list>
1793 <t>GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO &lt;device-id&gt;</t>
1794 </list>
1795 </t>
1796 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
1797 <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1798 or <xref target="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1799 command.</t>
1800 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1801 <t>
1802 <list>
1803 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1804 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1805 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1806 the info character string to that info category. As some
1807 parameters might allow multiple values, character strings are
1808 encapsulated into apostrophes ('). At the moment the following
1809 information categories are defined (independent of driver):</t>
1810
1811 <t>
1812 <list>
1813 <t>DRIVER -
1814 <list>
1815 <t>identifier of the used MIDI input driver, as e.g.
1816 returned by the <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">
1817 "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"</xref>
1818 command</t>
1819 </list>
1820 </t>
1821 </list>
1822 <list>
1823 <t>ACTIVE -
1824 <list>
1825 <t>either true or false, if false then the MIDI device is
1826 inactive and doesn't listen to any incoming MIDI events
1827 and thus doesn't forward them to connected sampler
1828 channels</t>
1829 </list>
1830 </t>
1831 </list>
1832 </t>
1833 </list>
1834 </t>
1835
1836 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
1837 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
1838 returned by all MIDI input devices. Every MIDI input driver
1839 might have its own, additional driver specific parameters (see
1840 <xref target="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO">
1841 "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"</xref> command) which are also returned
1842 by this command.</t>
1843
1844 <t>Example:</t>
1845 <t>
1846 <list>
1847 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"</t>
1848 <t>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"</t>
1849 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"</t>
1850 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1851 </list>
1852 </t>
1853 </section>
1854
1855 <section title="Changing settings of MIDI input devices" anchor="SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER">
1856 <t>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created MIDI input device:</t>
1857 <t>
1858 <list>
1859 <t>SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</t>
1860 </list>
1861 </t>
1862
1863 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
1864 MIDI input device as returned by the
1865 <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1866 or <xref target="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1867 command, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the parameter to change and
1868 &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.</t>
1869
1870 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1871 <t>
1872 <list>
1873 <t>"OK" -
1874 <list>
1875 <t>in case setting was successfully changed</t>
1876 </list>
1877 </t>
1878 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1879 <list>
1880 <t>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1881 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
1882 warning code and warning message</t>
1883 </list>
1884 </t>
1885 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1886 <list>
1887 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
1888 </list>
1889 </t>
1890 </list>
1891 </t>
1892 <t>Example:</t>
1893 <t>
1894 <list>
1895 <t>C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 ACTIVE=false"</t>
1896 <t>S: "OK"</t>
1897 </list>
1898 </t>
1899 </section>
1900
1901 <section title="Getting information about a MIDI port" anchor="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO">
1902 <t>Use the following command to get information about a MIDI port:</t>
1903 <t>
1904 <list>
1905 <t>GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;midi-port&gt;</t>
1906 </list>
1907 </t>
1908 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
1909 <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1910 or <xref target="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1911 command and &lt;midi-port&gt; the MIDI input port number.</t>
1912 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1913 <t>
1914 <list>
1915 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1916 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1917 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1918 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
1919 the following information categories are defined:</t>
1920
1921 <t>NAME -
1922 <list>
1923 <t>arbitrary character string naming the port</t>
1924 </list>
1925 </t>
1926 </list>
1927 </t>
1928
1929 <t>The field above is only the one which is returned by all MIDI
1930 ports regardless of the MIDI driver and port. Every MIDI port
1931 might have its own, additional driver and port specific
1932 parameters.</t>
1933
1934 <t>Example:</t>
1935 <t>
1936 <list>
1937 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO 0 0"</t>
1938 <t>S: "NAME: 'Masterkeyboard'"</t>
1939 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS: '64:0'"</t>
1940 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
1941 </list>
1942 </t>
1943 </section>
1944
1945 <section title="Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter" anchor="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO">
1946 <t>Use the following command to get detailed information about specific MIDI port parameter:</t>
1947 <t>
1948 <list>
1949 <t>GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;port&gt; &lt;param&gt;</t>
1950 </list>
1951 </t>
1952
1953 <t>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
1954 <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
1955 or <xref target="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
1956 command, &lt;port&gt; the MIDI port number and
1957 &lt;param&gt; a specific port parameter name for which information should be
1958 obtained (as returned by the <xref target="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO">
1959 "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO"</xref> command).</t>
1960
1961 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
1962 <t>
1963 <list>
1964 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1965 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1966 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1967 the info character string to that info category. There is
1968 information which is always returned, independently of the
1969 given channel parameter and there is optional information
1970 which are only shown dependently to the given MIDI port. At the
1971 moment the following information categories are defined:</t>
1972
1973 <t>TYPE -
1974 <list>
1975 <t>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1976 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1977 character string(s)
1978 (always returned)</t>
1979 </list>
1980 </t>
1981 <t>DESCRIPTION -
1982 <list>
1983 <t>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
1984 (always returned)</t>
1985 </list>
1986 </t>
1987 <t>FIX -
1988 <list>
1989 <t>either true or false, if true then this parameter is
1990 read only, thus cannot be altered
1991 (always returned)</t>
1992 </list>
1993 </t>
1994 <t>MULTIPLICITY -
1995 <list>
1996 <t>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
1997 only one value or a list of values, where true means
1998 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
1999 (always returned)</t>
2000 </list>
2001 </t>
2002 <t>RANGE_MIN -
2003 <list>
2004 <t>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2005 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2006 number, this parameter is usually used in conjunction
2007 with 'RANGE_MAX' but may also appear without
2008 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and port
2009 parameter)</t>
2010 </list>
2011 </t>
2012 <t>RANGE_MAX -
2013 <list>
2014 <t>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2015 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2016 number, this parameter is usually used in conjunction
2017 with 'RANGE_MIN' but may also appear without
2018 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and port
2019 parameter)</t>
2020 </list>
2021 </t>
2022 <t>POSSIBILITIES -
2023 <list>
2024 <t>comma separated list of possible values for this
2025 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
2026 apostrophes
2027 (optionally returned, dependent to device and port
2028 parameter)</t>
2029 </list>
2030 </t>
2031 </list>
2032 </t>
2033
2034 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
2035
2036 <t>Example:</t>
2037 <t>
2038 <list>
2039 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS"</t>
2040 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other ALSA sequencer clients"</t>
2041 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"</t>
2042 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"</t>
2043 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: true"</t>
2044 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: '64:0','68:0','68:1'"</t>
2045 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
2046 </list>
2047 </t>
2048 </section>
2049
2050 <section title="Changing settings of MIDI input ports" anchor="SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER">
2051 <t>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a MIDI input port:</t>
2052 <t>
2053 <list>
2054 <t>SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</t>
2055 </list>
2056 </t>
2057
2058 <t>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
2059 MIDI device as returned by the
2060 <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
2061 or <xref target="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
2062 command, &lt;port&gt; by the MIDI port number, &lt;key&gt; by the name of
2063 the parameter to change and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this
2064 parameter (encapsulated into apostrophes) or NONE (not encapsulated into apostrophes)
2065 for specifying no value for parameters allowing a list of values.</t>
2066
2067 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2068 <t>
2069 <list>
2070 <t>"OK" -
2071 <list>
2072 <t>in case setting was successfully changed</t>
2073 </list>
2074 </t>
2075 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2076 <list>
2077 <t>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
2078 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
2079 warning code and warning message</t>
2080 </list>
2081 </t>
2082 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2083 <list>
2084 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
2085 </list>
2086 </t>
2087 </list>
2088 </t>
2089 <t>Example:</t>
2090 <t>
2091 <list>
2092 <t>C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS='20:0'"</t>
2093 <t>S: "OK"</t>
2094 </list>
2095 </t>
2096 <t>
2097 <list>
2098 <t>C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS=NONE"</t>
2099 <t>S: "OK"</t>
2100 </list>
2101 </t>
2102 </section>
2103 </section>
2104
2105 <section title="Configuring sampler channels">
2106 <t>The following commands describe how to add and remove sampler channels, associate a
2107 sampler channel with a sampler engine, load instruments and connect sampler channels to
2108 MIDI and audio devices.</t>
2109
2110 <section title="Loading an instrument" anchor="LOAD INSTRUMENT">
2111 <t>An instrument file can be loaded and assigned to a sampler channel by one of the following commands:</t>
2112 <t>
2113 <list>
2114 <t>LOAD INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] '&lt;filename&gt;' &lt;instr-index&gt; &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
2115 </list>
2116 </t>
2117
2118 <t>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument file on the
2119 LinuxSampler instance's host system, &lt;instr-index&gt; the index of the
2120 instrument in the instrument file and &lt;sampler-channel> is the
2121 number of the sampler channel the instrument should be assigned to.
2122 Each sampler channel can only have one instrument.</t>
2123
2124 <t>Notice: since LSCP 1.2 the &lt;filename&gt; argument supports
2125 escape characters for special characters (see chapter
2126 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>"
2127 for details) and accordingly backslash characters in the filename
2128 MUST now be escaped as well!</t>
2129
2130 <t>The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
2131 is that the regular command returns OK only after the instrument has been
2132 fully loaded and the channel is ready to be used while NON_MODAL version
2133 returns immediately and a background process is launched to load the instrument
2134 on the channel. The <xref target="GET CHANNEL INFO">GET CHANNEL INFO</xref>
2135 command can be used to obtain loading
2136 progress from INSTRUMENT_STATUS field. LOAD command will perform sanity checks
2137 such as making sure that the file could be read and it is of a proper format
2138 and SHOULD return ERR and SHOULD not launch the background process should any
2139 errors be detected at that point.</t>
2140
2141 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2142 <t>
2143 <list>
2144 <t>"OK" -
2145 <list>
2146 <t>in case the instrument was successfully loaded</t>
2147 </list>
2148 </t>
2149 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2150 <list>
2151 <t>in case the instrument was loaded successfully, but there
2152 are noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. Engine doesn't support
2153 one or more patch parameters provided by the loaded
2154 instrument file), providing an appropriate warning code and
2155 warning message</t>
2156 </list>
2157 </t>
2158 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2159 <list>
2160 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
2161 </list>
2162 </t>
2163 </list>
2164 </t>
2165 <t>Example (Unix):</t>
2166 <t>
2167 <list>
2168 <t>C: LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/joe/gigs/cello.gig' 0 0</t>
2169 <t>S: OK</t>
2170 </list>
2171 </t>
2172 <t>Example (Windows):</t>
2173 <t>
2174 <list>
2175 <t>C: LOAD INSTRUMENT 'D:/MySounds/cello.gig' 0 0</t>
2176 <t>S: OK</t>
2177 </list>
2178 </t>
2179 </section>
2180
2181 <section title="Loading a sampler engine" anchor="LOAD ENGINE">
2182 <t>A sampler engine type can be associated to a specific sampler
2183 channel by the following command:</t>
2184 <t>
2185 <list>
2186 <t>LOAD ENGINE &lt;engine-name&gt; &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
2187 </list>
2188 </t>
2189
2190 <t>Where &lt;engine-name&gt; is an engine name as obtained by the
2191 <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES">
2192 "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"</xref> command and &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
2193 the sampler channel as returned by the
2194 <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref> or
2195 <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command where
2196 the engine type should be assigned to. This command should be issued
2197 after adding a new sampler channel and before any other control
2198 commands on the new sampler channel. It can also be used to change
2199 the engine type of a sampler channel. This command has (currently) no
2200 way to define or force if a new engine instance should be created and
2201 assigned to the given sampler channel or if an already existing
2202 instance of that engine type, shared with other sampler channels,
2203 should be used.</t>
2204
2205 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2206 <t>
2207 <list>
2208 <t>"OK" -
2209 <list>
2210 <t>in case the engine was successfully deployed</t>
2211 </list>
2212 </t>
2213 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2214 <list>
2215 <t>in case the engine was deployed successfully, but there
2216 are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
2217 warning code and warning message</t>
2218 </list>
2219 </t>
2220 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2221 <list>
2222 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2223 error message</t>
2224 </list>
2225 </t>
2226 </list>
2227 </t>
2228 <t>Example:</t>
2229 <t>
2230 <list>
2231 <t></t>
2232 </list>
2233 </t>
2234 </section>
2235
2236 <section title="Getting all created sampler channel count" anchor="GET CHANNELS">
2237 <t>The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
2238 current amount of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
2239 following command:</t>
2240 <t>
2241 <list>
2242 <t>GET CHANNELS</t>
2243 </list>
2244 </t>
2245 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2246 <t>
2247 <list>
2248 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the current number of sampler channels.</t>
2249 </list>
2250 </t>
2251 <t>Example:</t>
2252 <t>
2253 <list>
2254 <t>C: "GET CHANNELS"</t>
2255 <t>S: "12"</t>
2256 </list>
2257 </t>
2258 </section>
2259
2260 <section title="Getting all created sampler channel list" anchor="LIST CHANNELS">
2261 <t>The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
2262 current list of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
2263 following command:</t>
2264 <t>
2265 <list>
2266 <t>LIST CHANNELS</t>
2267 </list>
2268 </t>
2269 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2270 <t>
2271 <list>
2272 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
2273 with all sampler channels numerical IDs.</t>
2274 </list>
2275 </t>
2276 <t>Example:</t>
2277 <t>
2278 <list>
2279 <t>C: "LIST CHANNELS"</t>
2280 <t>S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,11,15,20"</t>
2281 </list>
2282 </t>
2283 </section>
2284
2285 <section title="Adding a new sampler channel" anchor="ADD CHANNEL">
2286 <t>A new sampler channel can be added to the end of the sampler
2287 channel list by sending the following command:</t>
2288 <t>
2289 <list>
2290 <t>ADD CHANNEL</t>
2291 </list>
2292 </t>
2293 <t>This will increment the sampler channel count by one and the new
2294 sampler channel will be appended to the end of the sampler channel
2295 list. The front-end should send the respective, related commands
2296 right after to e.g. load an engine, load an instrument and setting
2297 input, output method and eventually other commands to initialize
2298 the new channel. The front-end should use the sampler channel
2299 returned by the answer of this command to perform the previously
2300 recommended commands, to avoid race conditions e.g. with other
2301 front-ends that might also have sent an "ADD CHANNEL" command.</t>
2302 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2303 <t>
2304 <list>
2305 <t>"OK[&lt;sampler-channel&gt;]" -
2306 <list>
2307 <t>in case a new sampler channel could be added, where
2308 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; reflects the channel number of the new
2309 created sampler channel which should be used to set up
2310 the sampler channel by sending subsequent initialization
2311 commands</t>
2312 </list>
2313 </t>
2314 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2315 <list>
2316 <t>in case a new channel was added successfully, but there are
2317 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
2318 warning code and warning message</t>
2319 </list>
2320 </t>
2321 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2322 <list>
2323 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2324 error message</t>
2325 </list>
2326 </t>
2327 </list>
2328 </t>
2329 <t>Example:</t>
2330 <t>
2331 <list>
2332 <t></t>
2333 </list>
2334 </t>
2335 </section>
2336
2337 <section title="Removing a sampler channel" anchor="REMOVE CHANNEL">
2338 <t>A sampler channel can be removed by sending the following command:</t>
2339 <t>
2340 <list>
2341 <t>REMOVE CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
2342 </list>
2343 </t>
2344
2345 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should be replaced by the
2346 number of the sampler channel as given by the
2347 <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
2348 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref>
2349 command. The channel numbers of all subsequent sampler channels
2350 remain the same.</t>
2351
2352 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2353 <t>
2354 <list>
2355 <t>"OK" -
2356 <list>
2357 <t>in case the given sampler channel could be removed</t>
2358 </list>
2359 </t>
2360 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2361 <list>
2362 <t>in case the given channel was removed, but there are
2363 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
2364 warning code and warning message</t>
2365 </list>
2366 </t>
2367 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2368 <list>
2369 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2370 error message</t>
2371 </list>
2372 </t>
2373 </list>
2374 </t>
2375 <t>Example:</t>
2376 <t>
2377 <list>
2378 <t></t>
2379 </list>
2380 </t>
2381 </section>
2382
2383 <section title="Getting amount of available engines" anchor="GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES">
2384 <t>The front-end can ask for the number of available engines by sending the following command:</t>
2385 <t>
2386 <list>
2387 <t>GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES</t>
2388 </list>
2389 </t>
2390 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2391 <t>
2392 <list>
2393 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of available engines.</t>
2394 </list>
2395 </t>
2396 <t>Example:</t>
2397 <t>
2398 <list>
2399 <t>C: "GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"</t>
2400 <t>S: "4"</t>
2401 </list>
2402 </t>
2403 </section>
2404
2405 <section title="Getting all available engines" anchor="LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES">
2406 <t>The front-end can ask for a list of all available engines by sending the following command:</t>
2407 <t>
2408 <list>
2409 <t>LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES</t>
2410 </list>
2411 </t>
2412 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2413 <t>
2414 <list>
2415 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list
2416 of the engines' names encapsulated into apostrophes (').
2417 Engine names can consist of lower and upper cases,
2418 digits and underlines ("_" character).</t>
2419 </list>
2420 </t>
2421 <t>Example:</t>
2422 <t>
2423 <list>
2424 <t>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"</t>
2425 <t>S: "'GigEngine','AkaiEngine','DLSEngine','JoesCustomEngine'"</t>
2426 </list>
2427 </t>
2428 </section>
2429
2430 <section title="Getting information about an engine" anchor="GET ENGINE INFO">
2431 <t>The front-end can ask for information about a specific engine by
2432 sending the following command:</t>
2433 <t>
2434 <list>
2435 <t>GET ENGINE INFO &lt;engine-name&gt;</t>
2436 </list>
2437 </t>
2438 <t>Where &lt;engine-name&gt; is an engine name as obtained by the
2439 <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES">
2440 "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"</xref> command.</t>
2441 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2442 <t>
2443 <list>
2444 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2445 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2446 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2447 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
2448 the following categories are defined:</t>
2449
2450 <t>
2451 <list>
2452 <t>DESCRIPTION -
2453 <list>
2454 <t>arbitrary description text about the engine
2455 (note that the character string may contain
2456 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>)</t>
2457 </list>
2458 </t>
2459 <t>VERSION -
2460 <list>
2461 <t>arbitrary character string regarding the engine's version</t>
2462 </list>
2463 </t>
2464 </list>
2465 </t>
2466 </list>
2467 </t>
2468
2469 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
2470
2471 <t>Example:</t>
2472 <t>
2473 <list>
2474 <t>C: "GET ENGINE INFO JoesCustomEngine"</t>
2475 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: this is Joe's custom sampler engine"</t>
2476 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: testing-1.0"</t>
2477 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
2478 </list>
2479 </t>
2480 </section>
2481
2482 <section title="Getting sampler channel information" anchor="GET CHANNEL INFO">
2483 <t>The front-end can ask for the current settings of a sampler channel
2484 by sending the following command:</t>
2485 <t>
2486 <list>
2487 <t>GET CHANNEL INFO &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
2488 </list>
2489 </t>
2490 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
2491 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
2492 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command.</t>
2493 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2494 <t>
2495 <list>
2496 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2497 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
2498 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2499 the info character string to that setting category. At the
2500 moment the following categories are defined:</t>
2501
2502 <t>
2503 <list>
2504 <t>ENGINE_NAME -
2505 <list>
2506 <t>name of the engine that is associated with the sampler
2507 channel, "NONE" if there's no engine associated yet for
2508 this sampler channel</t>
2509 </list>
2510 </t>
2511 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE -
2512 <list>
2513 <t>numerical ID of the audio output device which is
2514 currently connected to this sampler channel to output
2515 the audio signal, "-1" if there's no device
2516 connected to this sampler channel</t>
2517 </list>
2518 </t>
2519 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS -
2520 <list>
2521 <t>number of output channels the sampler channel offers
2522 (dependent to used sampler engine and loaded instrument)</t>
2523 </list>
2524 </t>
2525 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
2526 <list>
2527 <t>comma separated list which reflects to which audio
2528 channel of the selected audio output device each
2529 sampler output channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would
2530 mean the engine's output channel 0 is routed to channel
2531 0 of the audio output device and the engine's output
2532 channel 1 is routed to the channel 3 of the audio
2533 output device</t>
2534 </list>
2535 </t>
2536 <t>INSTRUMENT_FILE -
2537 <list>
2538 <t>the file name of the loaded instrument, "NONE" if
2539 there's no instrument yet loaded for this sampler
2540 channel (note: since LSCP 1.2 this path may contain
2541 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>)</t>
2542 </list>
2543 </t>
2544 <t>INSTRUMENT_NR -
2545 <list>
2546 <t>the instrument index number of the loaded instrument,
2547 "-1" if there's no instrument loaded for this sampler
2548 channel</t>
2549 </list>
2550 </t>
2551 <t>INSTRUMENT_NAME -
2552 <list>
2553 <t>the instrument name of the loaded instrument
2554 (note: since LSCP 1.2 this character string may contain
2555 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>)</t>
2556 </list>
2557 </t>
2558 <t>INSTRUMENT_STATUS -
2559 <list>
2560 <t>Integer values 0 to 100 indicating loading progress
2561 percentage for the instrument. Negative
2562 value indicates a loading exception (also returns "-1" in case no
2563 instrument was yet to be loaded on the sampler channel).
2564 Value of 100 indicates that the instrument is fully
2565 loaded.</t>
2566 </list>
2567 </t>
2568 <t>MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE -
2569 <list>
2570 <t>numerical ID of the MIDI input device which is
2571 currently connected to this sampler channel to deliver
2572 MIDI input commands, "-1" if there's no device
2573 connected to this sampler channel</t>
2574 </list>
2575 </t>
2576 <t>MIDI_INPUT_PORT -
2577 <list>
2578 <t>port number of the MIDI input device (in case a
2579 MIDI device was already assigned to the sampler
2580 channel)</t>
2581 </list>
2582 </t>
2583 <t>MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL -
2584 <list>
2585 <t>the MIDI input channel number this sampler channel
2586 should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all MIDI channels</t>
2587 </list>
2588 </t>
2589 <t>VOLUME -
2590 <list>
2591 <t>optionally dotted number for the channel volume factor
2592 (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation and a value >
2593 1.0 means amplification)</t>
2594 </list>
2595 </t>
2596 <t>MUTE -
2597 <list>
2598 <t>Determines whether the channel is muted, "true" if the
2599 channel is muted, "false" if the channel is not muted, and
2600 "MUTED_BY_SOLO" if the channel is muted because of the
2601 presence of a solo channel and will be unmuted when
2602 there are no solo channels left</t>
2603 </list>
2604 </t>
2605 <t>SOLO -
2606 <list>
2607 <t>Determines whether this is a solo channel, "true" if
2608 the channel is a solo channel; "false" otherwise</t>
2609 </list>
2610 </t>
2611 <t>MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP -
2612 <list>
2613 <t>Determines to which MIDI instrument map this sampler
2614 channel is assigned to. Read chapter
2615 <xref target="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">"SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"</xref>
2616 for a list of possible values.</t>
2617 </list>
2618 </t>
2619 </list>
2620 </t>
2621 </list>
2622 </t>
2623 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
2624
2625 <t>Example:</t>
2626 <t>
2627 <list>
2628 <t>C: "GET CHANNEL INFO 34"</t>
2629 <t>S: "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"</t>
2630 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"</t>
2631 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE: 0"</t>
2632 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS: 2"</t>
2633 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 0,1"</t>
2634 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/joe/FazioliPiano.gig"</t>
2635 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"</t>
2636 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NAME: Fazioli Piano"</t>
2637 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_STATUS: 100"</t>
2638 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE: 0"</t>
2639 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_PORT: 0"</t>
2640 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL: 5"</t>
2641 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"</t>
2642 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MUTE: false"</t>
2643 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SOLO: false"</t>
2644 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP: NONE"</t>
2645 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
2646 </list>
2647 </t>
2648 </section>
2649
2650 <section title="Current number of active voices" anchor="GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT">
2651 <t>The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on a
2652 sampler channel by sending the following command:</t>
2653 <t>
2654 <list>
2655 <t>GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
2656 </list>
2657 </t>
2658 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
2659 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
2660 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command.</t>
2661
2662 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2663 <t>
2664 <list>
2665 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active
2666 voices on that channel.</t>
2667 </list>
2668 </t>
2669 <t>Example:</t>
2670 <t>
2671 <list>
2672 <t></t>
2673 </list>
2674 </t>
2675 </section>
2676
2677 <section title="Current number of active disk streams" anchor="GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT">
2678 <t>The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
2679 on a sampler channel by sending the following command:</t>
2680 <t>
2681 <list>
2682 <t>GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
2683 </list>
2684 </t>
2685 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
2686 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
2687 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command.</t>
2688
2689 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2690 <t>
2691 <list>
2692 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active
2693 disk streams on that channel in case the engine supports disk
2694 streaming, if the engine doesn't support disk streaming it will
2695 return "NA" for not available.</t>
2696 </list>
2697 </t>
2698 <t>Example:</t>
2699 <t>
2700 <list>
2701 <t></t>
2702 </list>
2703 </t>
2704 </section>
2705
2706 <section title="Current fill state of disk stream buffers" anchor="GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL">
2707 <t>The front-end can ask for the current fill state of all disk streams
2708 on a sampler channel by sending the following command:</t>
2709 <t>
2710 <list>
2711 <t>GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
2712 </list>
2713 </t>
2714 <t>to get the fill state in bytes or</t>
2715 <t>
2716 <list>
2717 <t>GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
2718 </list>
2719 </t>
2720 <t>to get the fill state in percent, where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the
2721 sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
2722 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
2723 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command.</t>
2724
2725 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2726 <t>
2727 <list>
2728 <t>LinuxSampler will either answer by returning a comma separated
2729 string with the fill state of all disk stream buffers on that
2730 channel or an empty line if there are no active disk streams or
2731 "NA" for *not available* in case the engine which is deployed
2732 doesn't support disk streaming. Each entry in the answer list
2733 will begin with the stream's ID in brackets followed by the
2734 numerical representation of the fill size (either in bytes or
2735 percentage). Note: due to efficiency reasons the fill states in
2736 the response are not in particular order, thus the front-end has
2737 to sort them by itself if necessary.</t>
2738 </list>
2739 </t>
2740 <t>Examples:</t>
2741 <t>
2742 <list>
2743 <t>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES 4"</t>
2744 <t>S: "[115]420500,[116]510300,[75]110000,[120]230700"</t>
2745 </list>
2746
2747 <list>
2748 <t>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"</t>
2749 <t>S: "[115]90%,[116]98%,[75]40%,[120]62%"</t>
2750 </list>
2751
2752 <list>
2753 <t>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"</t>
2754 <t>S: ""</t>
2755 </list>
2756 </t>
2757 </section>
2758
2759 <section title="Setting audio output device" anchor="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">
2760 <t>The front-end can set the audio output device on a specific sampler
2761 channel by sending the following command:</t>
2762 <t>
2763 <list>
2764 <t>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;audio-device-id&gt;</t>
2765 </list>
2766 </t>
2767 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
2768 number as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
2769 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command and
2770 &lt;audio-device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as given by the
2771 <xref target="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
2772 or <xref target="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"</xref>
2773 command.</t>
2774
2775 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2776 <t>
2777 <list>
2778 <t>"OK" -
2779 <list>
2780 <t>on success</t>
2781 </list>
2782 </t>
2783 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2784 <list>
2785 <t>if audio output device was set, but there are noteworthy
2786 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2787 warning message</t>
2788 </list>
2789 </t>
2790 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2791 <list>
2792 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
2793 </list>
2794 </t>
2795 </list>
2796 </t>
2797 <t>Examples:</t>
2798 <t>
2799 <list>
2800 <t></t>
2801 </list>
2802 </t>
2803 </section>
2804
2805 <section title="Setting audio output type" anchor="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE">
2806 <t>DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!</t>
2807
2808 <t>The front-end can alter the audio output type on a specific sampler
2809 channel by sending the following command:</t>
2810 <t>
2811 <list>
2812 <t>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;audio-output-type&gt;</t>
2813 </list>
2814 </t>
2815 <t>Where &lt;audio-output-type&gt; is currently either "ALSA" or "JACK" and
2816 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel number.</t>
2817
2818 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2819 <t>
2820 <list>
2821 <t>"OK" -
2822 <list>
2823 <t>on success</t>
2824 </list>
2825 </t>
2826 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2827 <list>
2828 <t>if audio output type was set, but there are noteworthy
2829 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2830 warning message</t>
2831 </list>
2832 </t>
2833 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2834 <list>
2835 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
2836 </list>
2837 </t>
2838 </list>
2839 </t>
2840 <t>Examples:</t>
2841 <t>
2842 <list>
2843 <t></t>
2844 </list>
2845 </t>
2846 </section>
2847
2848 <section title="Setting audio output channel" anchor="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">
2849 <t>The front-end can alter the audio output channel on a specific
2850 sampler channel by sending the following command:</t>
2851 <t>
2852 <list>
2853 <t>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;audio-out&gt; &lt;audio-in&gt;</t>
2854 </list>
2855 </t>
2856 <t>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
2857 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
2858 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command, &lt;audio-out&gt; is the
2859 numerical ID of the sampler channel's audio output channel which should be
2860 rerouted and &lt;audio-in&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected audio
2861 output device where &lt;audio-out&gt; should be routed to.</t>
2862
2863 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2864 <t>
2865 <list>
2866 <t>"OK" -
2867 <list>
2868 <t>on success</t>
2869 </list>
2870 </t>
2871 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2872 <list>
2873 <t>if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
2874 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2875 warning message</t>
2876 </list>
2877 </t>
2878 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2879 <list>
2880 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
2881 </list>
2882 </t>
2883 </list>
2884 </t>
2885 <t>Examples:</t>
2886 <t>
2887 <list>
2888 <t></t>
2889 </list>
2890 </t>
2891 </section>
2892
2893 <section title="Setting MIDI input device" anchor="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">
2894 <t>The front-end can set the MIDI input device on a specific sampler
2895 channel by sending the following command:</t>
2896 <t>
2897 <list>
2898 <t>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-device-id&gt;</t>
2899 </list>
2900 </t>
2901 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number
2902 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
2903 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command
2904 and &lt;midi-device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
2905 <xref target="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"</xref>
2906 or <xref target="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"</xref> command.</t>
2907
2908 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2909 <t>
2910 <list>
2911 <t>"OK" -
2912 <list>
2913 <t>on success</t>
2914 </list>
2915 </t>
2916 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2917 <list>
2918 <t>if MIDI input device was set, but there are noteworthy
2919 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2920 warning message</t>
2921 </list>
2922 </t>
2923 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2924 <list>
2925 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
2926 </list>
2927 </t>
2928 </list>
2929 </t>
2930 <t>Examples:</t>
2931 <t>
2932 <list>
2933 <t></t>
2934 </list>
2935 </t>
2936 </section>
2937
2938 <section title="Setting MIDI input type" anchor="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE">
2939 <t>DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!</t>
2940
2941 <t>The front-end can alter the MIDI input type on a specific sampler
2942 channel by sending the following command:</t>
2943 <t>
2944 <list>
2945 <t>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-type&gt;</t>
2946 </list>
2947 </t>
2948 <t>Where &lt;midi-input-type&gt; is currently only "ALSA" and
2949 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel number.</t>
2950
2951 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2952 <t>
2953 <list>
2954 <t>"OK" -
2955 <list>
2956 <t>on success</t>
2957 </list>
2958 </t>
2959 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2960 <list>
2961 <t>if MIDI input type was set, but there are noteworthy
2962 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2963 warning message</t>
2964 </list>
2965 </t>
2966 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2967 <list>
2968 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
2969 </list>
2970 </t>
2971 </list>
2972 </t>
2973 <t>Examples:</t>
2974 <t>
2975 <list>
2976 <t></t>
2977 </list>
2978 </t>
2979 </section>
2980
2981 <section title="Setting MIDI input port" anchor="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT">
2982 <t>The front-end can alter the MIDI input port on a specific sampler
2983 channel by sending the following command:</t>
2984 <t>
2985 <list>
2986 <t>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-port&gt;</t>
2987 </list>
2988 </t>
2989 <t>Where &lt;midi-input-port&gt; is a MIDI input port number of the
2990 MIDI input device connected to the sampler channel given by
2991 &lt;sampler-channel&gt;.</t>
2992
2993 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
2994 <t>
2995 <list>
2996 <t>"OK" -
2997 <list>
2998 <t>on success</t>
2999 </list>
3000 </t>
3001 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3002 <list>
3003 <t>if MIDI input port was set, but there are noteworthy
3004 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3005 warning message</t>
3006 </list>
3007 </t>
3008 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3009 <list>
3010 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3011 </list>
3012 </t>
3013 </list>
3014 </t>
3015 <t>Examples:</t>
3016 <t>
3017 <list>
3018 <t></t>
3019 </list>
3020 </t>
3021 </section>
3022
3023 <section title="Setting MIDI input channel" anchor="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL">
3024 <t>The front-end can alter the MIDI channel a sampler channel should
3025 listen to by sending the following command:</t>
3026 <t>
3027 <list>
3028 <t>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-chan&gt;</t>
3029 </list>
3030 </t>
3031 <t>Where &lt;midi-input-chan&gt; is the number of the new MIDI input channel where
3032 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all 16 MIDI
3033 channels.</t>
3034
3035 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3036 <t>
3037 <list>
3038 <t>"OK" -
3039 <list>
3040 <t>on success</t>
3041 </list>
3042 </t>
3043 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3044 <list>
3045 <t>if MIDI input channel was set, but there are noteworthy
3046 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3047 warning message</t>
3048 </list>
3049 </t>
3050 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3051 <list>
3052 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3053 </list>
3054 </t>
3055 </list>
3056 </t>
3057 <t>Examples:</t>
3058 <t>
3059 <list>
3060 <t></t>
3061 </list>
3062 </t>
3063 </section>
3064
3065 <section title="Setting channel volume" anchor="SET CHANNEL VOLUME">
3066 <t>The front-end can alter the volume of a sampler channel by sending
3067 the following command:</t>
3068 <t>
3069 <list>
3070 <t>SET CHANNEL VOLUME &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;volume&gt;</t>
3071 </list>
3072 </t>
3073 <t>Where &lt;volume&gt; is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
3074 smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than
3075 1.0 means amplification) and &lt;sampler-channel&gt; defines the sampler
3076 channel where this volume factor should be set.</t>
3077
3078 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3079 <t>
3080 <list>
3081 <t>"OK" -
3082 <list>
3083 <t>on success</t>
3084 </list>
3085 </t>
3086 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3087 <list>
3088 <t>if channel volume was set, but there are noteworthy
3089 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3090 warning message</t>
3091 </list>
3092 </t>
3093 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3094 <list>
3095 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3096 </list>
3097 </t>
3098 </list>
3099 </t>
3100 <t>Examples:</t>
3101 <t>
3102 <list>
3103 <t></t>
3104 </list>
3105 </t>
3106 </section>
3107
3108 <section title="Muting a sampler channel" anchor="SET CHANNEL MUTE">
3109 <t>The front-end can mute/unmute a specific sampler
3110 channel by sending the following command:</t>
3111 <t>
3112 <list>
3113 <t>SET CHANNEL MUTE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;mute&gt;</t>
3114 </list>
3115 </t>
3116 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
3117 number as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3118 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command and
3119 &lt;mute&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to mute the channel or "0"
3120 to unmute the channel.</t>
3121
3122 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3123 <t>
3124 <list>
3125 <t>"OK" -
3126 <list>
3127 <t>on success</t>
3128 </list>
3129 </t>
3130 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3131 <list>
3132 <t>if the channel was muted/unmuted, but there are noteworthy
3133 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3134 warning message</t>
3135 </list>
3136 </t>
3137 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3138 <list>
3139 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3140 </list>
3141 </t>
3142 </list>
3143 </t>
3144 <t>Examples:</t>
3145 <t>
3146 <list>
3147 <t></t>
3148 </list>
3149 </t>
3150 </section>
3151
3152 <section title="Soloing a sampler channel" anchor="SET CHANNEL SOLO">
3153 <t>The front-end can solo/unsolo a specific sampler channel
3154 by sending the following command:</t>
3155 <t>
3156 <list>
3157 <t>SET CHANNEL SOLO &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;solo&gt;</t>
3158 </list>
3159 </t>
3160 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
3161 number as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3162 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command and
3163 &lt;solo&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to solo the channel or "0"
3164 to unsolo the channel.</t>
3165
3166 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3167 <t>
3168 <list>
3169 <t>"OK" -
3170 <list>
3171 <t>on success</t>
3172 </list>
3173 </t>
3174 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3175 <list>
3176 <t>if the channel was soloed/unsoloed, but there are noteworthy
3177 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3178 warning message</t>
3179 </list>
3180 </t>
3181 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3182 <list>
3183 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3184 </list>
3185 </t>
3186 </list>
3187 </t>
3188 <t>Examples:</t>
3189 <t>
3190 <list>
3191 <t></t>
3192 </list>
3193 </t>
3194 </section>
3195
3196 <section title="Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel" anchor="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">
3197 <t>The front-end can assign a MIDI instrument map to a specific sampler channel
3198 by sending the following command:</t>
3199 <t>
3200 <list>
3201 <t>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;map&gt;</t>
3202 </list>
3203 </t>
3204 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
3205 number as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3206 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command and
3207 &lt;map&gt; can have the following possibilites:</t>
3208 <t>
3209 <list>
3210 <t>"NONE" -
3211 <list>
3212 <t>This is the default setting. In this case
3213 the sampler channel is not assigned any MIDI
3214 instrument map and thus will ignore all MIDI
3215 program change messages.</t>
3216 </list>
3217 </t>
3218 <t>"DEFAULT" -
3219 <list>
3220 <t>The sampler channel will always use the
3221 default MIDI instrument map to handle MIDI
3222 program change messages.</t>
3223 </list>
3224 </t>
3225 <t>numeric ID -
3226 <list>
3227 <t>You can assign a specific MIDI instrument map
3228 by replacing &lt;map&gt; with the respective numeric
3229 ID of the MIDI instrument map as returned by the
3230 <xref target="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"</xref>
3231 command. Once that map will be deleted, the sampler
3232 channel would fall back to "NONE".</t>
3233 </list>
3234 </t>
3235 </list>
3236 </t>
3237 <t>Read chapter <xref target="MIDI Instrument Mapping">"MIDI Instrument Mapping"</xref>
3238 for details regarding MIDI instrument mapping.</t>
3239
3240 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3241 <t>
3242 <list>
3243 <t>"OK" -
3244 <list>
3245 <t>on success</t>
3246 </list>
3247 </t>
3248 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3249 <list>
3250 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3251 </list>
3252 </t>
3253 </list>
3254 </t>
3255
3256 <t>Examples:</t>
3257 <t>
3258 <list>
3259 <t></t>
3260 </list>
3261 </t>
3262 </section>
3263
3264 <section title="Adding an effect send to a sampler channel" anchor="CREATE FX_SEND">
3265 <t>The front-end can create an additional effect send on a specific sampler channel
3266 by sending the following command:</t>
3267 <t>
3268 <list>
3269 <t>CREATE FX_SEND &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-ctrl&gt; [&lt;name&gt;]</t>
3270 </list>
3271 </t>
3272 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
3273 number as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3274 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command, that is the
3275 sampler channel on which the effect send should be created on, &lt;midi-ctrl&gt;
3276 is a number between 0..127 defining the MIDI controller which can alter the
3277 effect send level and &lt;name&gt; is an optional argument defining a name
3278 for the effect send entity. The name does not have to be unique, but MUST be
3279 encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as described in chapter
3280 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>".</t>
3281
3282 <t>By default, that is as initial routing, the effect send's audio channels
3283 are automatically routed to the last audio channels of the sampler channel's
3284 audio output device, that way you can i.e. first increase the amount of audio
3285 channels on the audio output device for having dedicated effect send output
3286 channels and when "CREATE FX_SEND" is called, those channels will automatically
3287 be picked. You can alter the destination channels however with
3288 <xref target="SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">"SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"</xref>.
3289 </t>
3290
3291 <t>Note: Create effect sends on a sampler channel only when needed, because having effect
3292 sends on a sampler channel will decrease runtime performance, because for implementing channel
3293 effect sends, separate (sampler channel local) audio buffers are needed to render and mix
3294 the voices and route the audio signal afterwards to the master outputs and effect send
3295 outputs (along with their respective effect send levels). A sampler channel without effect
3296 sends however can mix its voices directly into the audio output devices's audio buffers
3297 and is thus faster.
3298 </t>
3299
3300 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3301 <t>
3302 <list>
3303 <t>"OK[&lt;fx-send-id&gt;]" -
3304 <list>
3305 <t>in case a new effect send could be added to the
3306 sampler channel, where &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the
3307 unique ID of the newly created effect send entity</t>
3308 </list>
3309 </t>
3310 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3311 <list>
3312 <t>when a new effect send could not be added, i.e.
3313 due to invalid parameters</t>
3314 </list>
3315 </t>
3316 </list>
3317 </t>
3318
3319 <t>Examples:</t>
3320 <t>
3321 <list>
3322 <t>C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 91 'Reverb Send'"</t>
3323 <t>S: "OK[0]"</t>
3324 </list>
3325 </t>
3326 <t>
3327 <list>
3328 <t>C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 93"</t>
3329 <t>S: "OK[1]"</t>
3330 </list>
3331 </t>
3332 </section>
3333
3334 <section title="Removing an effect send from a sampler channel" anchor="DESTROY FX_SEND">
3335 <t>The front-end can remove an existing effect send on a specific sampler channel
3336 by sending the following command:</t>
3337 <t>
3338 <list>
3339 <t>DESTROY FX_SEND &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;</t>
3340 </list>
3341 </t>
3342 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
3343 number as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3344 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command, that is the
3345 sampler channel from which the effect send should be removed from and
3346 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; is the respective effect send number as returned by the
3347 <xref target="CREATE FX_SEND">"CREATE FX_SEND"</xref>
3348 or <xref target="LIST FX_SENDS">"LIST FX_SENDS"</xref> command.</t>
3349
3350 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3351 <t>
3352 <list>
3353 <t>"OK" -
3354 <list>
3355 <t>on success</t>
3356 </list>
3357 </t>
3358 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3359 <list>
3360 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3361 error message</t>
3362 </list>
3363 </t>
3364 </list>
3365 </t>
3366
3367 <t>Example:</t>
3368 <t>
3369 <list>
3370 <t>C: "DESTROY FX_SEND 0 0"</t>
3371 <t>S: "OK"</t>
3372 </list>
3373 </t>
3374 </section>
3375
3376 <section title="Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel" anchor="GET FX_SENDS">
3377 <t>The front-end can ask for the amount of effect sends on a specific sampler channel
3378 by sending the following command:</t>
3379 <t>
3380 <list>
3381 <t>GET FX_SENDS &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
3382 </list>
3383 </t>
3384 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
3385 number as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3386 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command.</t>
3387
3388 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3389 <t>
3390 <list>
3391 <t>The sampler will answer by returning the number of effect
3392 sends on the given sampler channel.</t>
3393 </list>
3394 </t>
3395
3396 <t>Example:</t>
3397 <t>
3398 <list>
3399 <t>C: "GET FX_SENDS 0"</t>
3400 <t>S: "2"</t>
3401 </list>
3402 </t>
3403 </section>
3404
3405 <section title="Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel" anchor="LIST FX_SENDS">
3406 <t>The front-end can ask for a list of effect sends on a specific sampler channel
3407 by sending the following command:</t>
3408 <t>
3409 <list>
3410 <t>LIST FX_SENDS &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
3411 </list>
3412 </t>
3413 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
3414 number as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3415 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command.</t>
3416
3417 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3418 <t>
3419 <list>
3420 <t>The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
3421 with all effect sends' numerical IDs on the given sampler
3422 channel.</t>
3423 </list>
3424 </t>
3425
3426 <t>Examples:</t>
3427 <t>
3428 <list>
3429 <t>C: "LIST FX_SENDS 0"</t>
3430 <t>S: "0,1"</t>
3431 </list>
3432 </t>
3433 <t>
3434 <list>
3435 <t>C: "LIST FX_SENDS 1"</t>
3436 <t>S: ""</t>
3437 </list>
3438 </t>
3439 </section>
3440
3441 <section title="Getting effect send information" anchor="GET FX_SEND INFO">
3442 <t>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an effect send entity
3443 by sending the following command:</t>
3444 <t>
3445 <list>
3446 <t>GET FX_SEND INFO &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;</t>
3447 </list>
3448 </t>
3449 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number
3450 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3451 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command and
3452 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
3453 as returned by the <xref target="CREATE FX_SEND">"CREATE FX_SEND"</xref>
3454 or <xref target="LIST FX_SENDS">"LIST FX_SENDS"</xref> command.
3455 </t>
3456
3457 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3458 <t>
3459 <list>
3460 <t>The sampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3461 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
3462 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3463 the info character string to that setting category. At the
3464 moment the following categories are defined:</t>
3465
3466 <t>
3467 <list>
3468 <t>NAME -
3469 <list>
3470 <t>name of the effect send entity
3471 (note that this character string may contain
3472 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>)</t>
3473 </list>
3474 </t>
3475 <t>MIDI_CONTROLLER -
3476 <list>
3477 <t>a value between 0 and 127 reflecting the MIDI controller
3478 which is able to modify the effect send's send level</t>
3479 </list>
3480 </t>
3481 <t>LEVEL -
3482 <list>
3483 <t>optionally dotted number reflecting the effect send's
3484 current send level (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation
3485 and a value > 1.0 means amplification)</t>
3486 </list>
3487 </t>
3488 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
3489 <list>
3490 <t>comma separated list which reflects to which audio
3491 channel of the selected audio output device each
3492 effect send output channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would
3493 mean the effect send's output channel 0 is routed to channel
3494 0 of the audio output device and the effect send's output
3495 channel 1 is routed to the channel 3 of the audio
3496 output device (see
3497 <xref target="SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">"SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"</xref>
3498 for details)</t>
3499 </list>
3500 </t>
3501 </list>
3502 </t>
3503 </list>
3504 </t>
3505 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
3506
3507 <t>Example:</t>
3508 <t>
3509 <list>
3510 <t>C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 0"</t>
3511 <t>S: "NAME: Reverb Send"</t>
3512 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_CONTROLLER: 91"</t>
3513 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"LEVEL: 0.3"</t>
3514 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 2,3"</t>
3515 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
3516 </list>
3517 </t>
3518 </section>
3519
3520 <section title="Changing effect send's name" anchor="SET FX_SEND NAME">
3521 <t>The front-end can alter the current name of an effect
3522 send entity by sending the following command:</t>
3523 <t>
3524 <list>
3525 <t>SET FX_SEND NAME &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;name&gt;</t>
3526 </list>
3527 </t>
3528 <t>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
3529 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3530 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command,
3531 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
3532 as returned by the <xref target="CREATE FX_SEND">"CREATE FX_SEND"</xref>
3533 or <xref target="LIST FX_SENDS">"LIST FX_SENDS"</xref> command and
3534 &lt;name&gt; is the new name of the effect send entity, which
3535 does not have to be unique (name MUST be encapsulated into apostrophes
3536 and supports escape sequences as described in chapter
3537 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").
3538 </t>
3539
3540 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3541 <t>
3542 <list>
3543 <t>"OK" -
3544 <list>
3545 <t>on success</t>
3546 </list>
3547 </t>
3548 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3549 <list>
3550 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3551 </list>
3552 </t>
3553 </list>
3554 </t>
3555 <t>Example:</t>
3556 <t>
3557 <list>
3558 <t>C: "SET FX_SEND NAME 0 0 'Fx Send 1'"</t>
3559 <t>S: "OK"</t>
3560 </list>
3561 </t>
3562 </section>
3563
3564 <section title="Altering effect send's audio routing" anchor="SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">
3565 <t>The front-end can alter the destination of an effect send's audio channel on a specific
3566 sampler channel by sending the following command:</t>
3567 <t>
3568 <list>
3569 <t>SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;audio-src&gt; &lt;audio-dst&gt;</t>
3570 </list>
3571 </t>
3572 <t>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
3573 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3574 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command,
3575 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
3576 as returned by the <xref target="CREATE FX_SEND">"CREATE FX_SEND"</xref>
3577 or <xref target="LIST FX_SENDS">"LIST FX_SENDS"</xref> command,
3578 &lt;audio-src&gt; is the numerical ID of the effect send's audio channel
3579 which should be rerouted and &lt;audio-dst&gt; is the numerical ID of
3580 the audio channel of the selected audio output device where &lt;audio-src&gt;
3581 should be routed to.</t>
3582
3583 <t>Note that effect sends can only route audio to the same audio output
3584 device as assigned to the effect send's sampler channel. Also note that an
3585 effect send entity does always have exactly as much audio channels as its
3586 sampler channel. So if the sampler channel is stereo, the effect send does
3587 have two audio channels as well. Also keep in mind that the amount of audio
3588 channels on a sampler channel might be dependant not only to the deployed
3589 sampler engine on the sampler channel, but also dependant to the instrument
3590 currently loaded. However you can (effectively) turn an i.e. stereo effect
3591 send into a mono one by simply altering its audio routing appropriately.</t>
3592
3593 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3594 <t>
3595 <list>
3596 <t>"OK" -
3597 <list>
3598 <t>on success</t>
3599 </list>
3600 </t>
3601 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3602 <list>
3603 <t>if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
3604 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3605 warning message</t>
3606 </list>
3607 </t>
3608 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3609 <list>
3610 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3611 </list>
3612 </t>
3613 </list>
3614 </t>
3615 <t>Example:</t>
3616 <t>
3617 <list>
3618 <t>C: "SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL 0 0 0 2"</t>
3619 <t>S: "OK"</t>
3620 </list>
3621 </t>
3622 </section>
3623
3624 <section title="Altering effect send's MIDI controller" anchor="SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER">
3625 <t>The front-end can alter the MIDI controller of an effect
3626 send entity by sending the following command:</t>
3627 <t>
3628 <list>
3629 <t>SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;midi-ctrl&gt;</t>
3630 </list>
3631 </t>
3632 <t>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
3633 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3634 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command,
3635 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
3636 as returned by the <xref target="CREATE FX_SEND">"CREATE FX_SEND"</xref>
3637 or <xref target="LIST FX_SENDS">"LIST FX_SENDS"</xref> command and
3638 &lt;midi-ctrl&gt; reflects the MIDI controller which shall be
3639 able to modify the effect send's send level.</t>
3640
3641 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3642 <t>
3643 <list>
3644 <t>"OK" -
3645 <list>
3646 <t>on success</t>
3647 </list>
3648 </t>
3649 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3650 <list>
3651 <t>if MIDI controller was set, but there are noteworthy
3652 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3653 warning message</t>
3654 </list>
3655 </t>
3656 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3657 <list>
3658 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3659 </list>
3660 </t>
3661 </list>
3662 </t>
3663 <t>Example:</t>
3664 <t>
3665 <list>
3666 <t>C: "SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER 0 0 91"</t>
3667 <t>S: "OK"</t>
3668 </list>
3669 </t>
3670 </section>
3671
3672 <section title="Altering effect send's send level" anchor="SET FX_SEND LEVEL">
3673 <t>The front-end can alter the current send level of an effect
3674 send entity by sending the following command:</t>
3675 <t>
3676 <list>
3677 <t>SET FX_SEND LEVEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;volume&gt;</t>
3678 </list>
3679 </t>
3680 <t>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
3681 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3682 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command,
3683 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
3684 as returned by the <xref target="CREATE FX_SEND">"CREATE FX_SEND"</xref>
3685 or <xref target="LIST FX_SENDS">"LIST FX_SENDS"</xref> command and
3686 &lt;volume&gt; is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
3687 smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than
3688 1.0 means amplification) reflecting the new send level.</t>
3689
3690 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3691 <t>
3692 <list>
3693 <t>"OK" -
3694 <list>
3695 <t>on success</t>
3696 </list>
3697 </t>
3698 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3699 <list>
3700 <t>if new send level was set, but there are noteworthy
3701 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3702 warning message</t>
3703 </list>
3704 </t>
3705 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3706 <list>
3707 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3708 </list>
3709 </t>
3710 </list>
3711 </t>
3712 <t>Example:</t>
3713 <t>
3714 <list>
3715 <t>C: "SET FX_SEND LEVEL 0 0 0.15"</t>
3716 <t>S: "OK"</t>
3717 </list>
3718 </t>
3719 </section>
3720
3721 <section title="Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel" anchor="SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA">
3722 <t>The front-end can send MIDI events to specific sampler channel
3723 by sending the following command:</t>
3724 <t>
3725 <list>
3726 <t>SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA &lt;midi-msg&gt; &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;arg1&gt; &lt;arg2&gt;</t>
3727 </list>
3728 </t>
3729 <t>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
3730 as returned by the <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
3731 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref> command,
3732 &lt;arg1&gt; and &lt;arg2&gt; arguments depend on the &lt;midi-msg&gt; argument, which
3733 specifies the MIDI message type. Currently, the following MIDI messages are supported:</t>
3734 <t>
3735 <list>
3736 <t>"NOTE_ON" -
3737 <list>
3738 <t>For turning on MIDI notes, where &lt;arg1&gt;
3739 specifies the key number and &lt;arg2&gt; the velocity
3740 as described in the MIDI specification.</t>
3741 </list>
3742 </t>
3743 <t>"NOTE_OFF" -
3744 <list>
3745 <t>For turning a currently playing MIDI note off, where &lt;arg1&gt;
3746 specifies the key number and &lt;arg2&gt; the velocity
3747 as described in the MIDI specification.</t>
3748 </list>
3749 </t>
3750 </list>
3751 </t>
3752 <t>CAUTION: This command is provided for implementations of virtual MIDI keyboards
3753 and no realtime guarantee whatsoever will be made!</t>
3754 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3755 <t>
3756 <list>
3757 <t>"OK" -
3758 <list>
3759 <t>on success</t>
3760 </list>
3761 </t>
3762 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3763 <list>
3764 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
3765 </list>
3766 </t>
3767 </list>
3768 </t>
3769 <t>Example:</t>
3770 <t>
3771 <list>
3772 <t>C: "SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA NOTE_ON 0 56 112"</t>
3773 <t>S: "OK"</t>
3774 </list>
3775 </t>
3776 </section>
3777
3778 <section title="Resetting a sampler channel" anchor="RESET CHANNEL">
3779 <t>The front-end can reset a particular sampler channel by sending the following command:</t>
3780 <t>
3781 <list>
3782 <t>RESET CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
3783 </list>
3784 </t>
3785 <t>
3786 Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; defines the sampler channel to be reset.
3787 This will cause the engine on that sampler channel, its voices and
3788 eventually disk streams and all control and status variables to be
3789 reset.</t>
3790
3791 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3792 <t>
3793 <list>
3794 <t>"OK" -
3795 <list>
3796 <t>on success</t>
3797 </list>
3798 </t>
3799 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3800 <list>
3801 <t>if channel was reset, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3802 related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3803 message</t>
3804 </list>
3805 </t>
3806 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3807 <list>
3808 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3809 error message</t>
3810 </list>
3811 </t>
3812 </list>
3813 </t>
3814 <t>Examples:</t>
3815 <t>
3816 <list>
3817 <t></t>
3818 </list>
3819 </t>
3820 </section>
3821 </section>
3822
3823 <section title="Controlling connection">
3824 <t>The following commands are used to control the connection to LinuxSampler.</t>
3825
3826 <section title="Register front-end for receiving event messages" anchor="SUBSCRIBE">
3827 <t>The front-end can register itself to the LinuxSampler application to
3828 be informed about noteworthy events by sending this command:</t>
3829 <t>
3830 <list>
3831 <t>SUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;</t>
3832 </list>
3833 </t>
3834 <t>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective event that
3835 client wants to subscribe to.</t>
3836
3837 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3838 <t>
3839 <list>
3840 <t>"OK" -
3841 <list>
3842 <t>on success</t>
3843 </list>
3844 </t>
3845 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3846 <list>
3847 <t>if registration succeeded, but there are noteworthy
3848 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3849 warning message</t>
3850 </list>
3851 </t>
3852 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3853 <list>
3854 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3855 error message</t>
3856 </list>
3857 </t>
3858 </list>
3859 </t>
3860 <t>Examples:</t>
3861 <t>
3862 <list>
3863 <t></t>
3864 </list>
3865 </t>
3866 </section>
3867
3868 <section title="Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages" anchor="UNSUBSCRIBE">
3869 <t>The front-end can unregister itself if it doesn't want to receive event
3870 messages anymore by sending the following command:</t>
3871 <t>
3872 <list>
3873 <t>UNSUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;</t>
3874 </list>
3875 </t>
3876 <t>Where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective event that
3877 client doesn't want to receive anymore.</t>
3878
3879 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3880 <t>
3881 <list>
3882 <t>"OK" -
3883 <list>
3884 <t>on success</t>
3885 </list>
3886 </t>
3887 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3888 <list>
3889 <t>if unregistration succeeded, but there are noteworthy
3890 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3891 warning message</t>
3892 </list>
3893 </t>
3894 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3895 <list>
3896 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3897 error message</t>
3898 </list>
3899 </t>
3900 </list>
3901 </t>
3902 <t>Examples:</t>
3903 <t>
3904 <list>
3905 <t></t>
3906 </list>
3907 </t>
3908 </section>
3909
3910 <section title="Enable or disable echo of commands" anchor="SET ECHO">
3911 <t>To enable or disable back sending of commands to the client the following command can be used:</t>
3912 <t>
3913 <list>
3914 <t>SET ECHO &lt;value&gt;</t>
3915 </list>
3916 </t>
3917 <t>Where &lt;value&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to enable echo mode
3918 or "0" to disable echo mode. When echo mode is enabled, all
3919 commands send to LinuxSampler will be immediately send back and
3920 after this echo the actual response to the command will be
3921 returned. Echo mode will only be altered for the client connection
3922 that issued the "SET ECHO" command, not globally for all client
3923 connections.</t>
3924
3925 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3926 <t>
3927 <list>
3928 <t>"OK" -
3929 <list>
3930 <t>usually</t>
3931 </list>
3932 </t>
3933 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3934 <list>
3935 <t>on syntax error, e.g. non boolean value</t>
3936 </list>
3937 </t>
3938 </list>
3939 </t>
3940 <t>Examples:</t>
3941 <t>
3942 <list>
3943 <t></t>
3944 </list>
3945 </t>
3946 </section>
3947
3948 <section title="Close client connection" anchor="QUIT">
3949 <t>The client can close its network connection to LinuxSampler by sending the following command:</t>
3950 <t>
3951 <list>
3952 <t>QUIT</t>
3953 </list>
3954 </t>
3955 <t>This is probably more interesting for manual telnet connections to
3956 LinuxSampler than really useful for a front-end implementation.</t>
3957 </section>
3958 </section>
3959
3960 <section title="Global commands">
3961 <t>The following commands have global impact on the sampler.</t>
3962
3963 <section title="Current number of active voices" anchor="GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT">
3964 <t>The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on
3965 the sampler by sending the following command:</t>
3966 <t>
3967 <list>
3968 <t>GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT</t>
3969 </list>
3970 </t>
3971
3972 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3973 <t>
3974 <list>
3975 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
3976 voices on the sampler.</t>
3977 </list>
3978 </t>
3979 </section>
3980
3981 <section title="Maximum amount of active voices" anchor="GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX">
3982 <t>The front-end can ask for the maximum number of active voices
3983 by sending the following command:</t>
3984 <t>
3985 <list>
3986 <t>GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX</t>
3987 </list>
3988 </t>
3989
3990 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
3991 <t>
3992 <list>
3993 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the maximum number
3994 of active voices.</t>
3995 </list>
3996 </t>
3997 </section>
3998
3999 <section title="Current number of active disk streams" anchor="GET TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT">
4000 <t>The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams on
4001 the sampler by sending the following command:</t>
4002 <t>
4003 <list>
4004 <t>GET TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT</t>
4005 </list>
4006 </t>
4007
4008 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4009 <t>
4010 <list>
4011 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
4012 disk streams on the sampler.</t>
4013 </list>
4014 </t>
4015 </section>
4016
4017 <section title="Reset sampler" anchor="RESET">
4018 <t>The front-end can reset the whole sampler by sending the following command:</t>
4019 <t>
4020 <list>
4021 <t>RESET</t>
4022 </list>
4023 </t>
4024
4025 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4026 <t>
4027 <list>
4028 <t>"OK" -
4029 <list>
4030 <t>always</t>
4031 </list>
4032 </t>
4033 </list>
4034 </t>
4035 <t>Examples:</t>
4036 <t>
4037 <list>
4038 <t></t>
4039 </list>
4040 </t>
4041 </section>
4042
4043 <section title="General sampler informations" anchor="GET SERVER INFO">
4044 <t>The client can ask for general informations about the LinuxSampler
4045 instance by sending the following command:</t>
4046 <t>
4047 <list>
4048 <t>GET SERVER INFO</t>
4049 </list>
4050 </t>
4051 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4052 <t>
4053 <list>
4054 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
4055 Each answer line begins with the information category name
4056 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
4057 the info character string to that information category. At the
4058 moment the following categories are defined:
4059 </t>
4060 <t>
4061 <list>
4062 <t>DESCRIPTION -
4063 <list>
4064 <t>arbitrary textual description about the sampler
4065 (note that the character string may contain
4066 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>)</t>
4067 </list>
4068 </t>
4069 <t>VERSION -
4070 <list>
4071 <t>version of the sampler</t>
4072 </list>
4073 </t>
4074 <t>PROTOCOL_VERSION -
4075 <list>
4076 <t>version of the LSCP specification the sampler
4077 complies with (see <xref target="LSCP versioning" /> for details)</t>
4078 </list>
4079 </t>
4080 <t>INSTRUMENTS_DB_SUPPORT -
4081 <list>
4082 <t>either yes or no, specifies whether the
4083 sampler is build with instruments database support.</t>
4084 </list>
4085 </t>
4086 </list>
4087 </t>
4088 </list>
4089 </t>
4090 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4091 Other fields might be added in future.</t>
4092 </section>
4093
4094 <section title="Getting global volume attenuation" anchor="GET VOLUME">
4095 <t>The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide volume
4096 attenuation by sending the following command:</t>
4097 <t>
4098 <list>
4099 <t>GET VOLUME</t>
4100 </list>
4101 </t>
4102 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4103 <t>
4104 <list>
4105 <t>The sampler will always answer by returning the optional
4106 dotted floating point coefficient, reflecting the current
4107 global volume attenuation.
4108 </t>
4109 </list>
4110 </t>
4111 <t>Note: it is up to the respective sampler engine whether to obey
4112 that global volume parameter or not, but in general all engines SHOULD
4113 use this parameter.</t>
4114 </section>
4115
4116 <section title="Setting global volume attenuation" anchor="SET VOLUME">
4117 <t>The client can alter the current global sampler-wide volume
4118 attenuation by sending the following command:</t>
4119 <t>
4120 <list>
4121 <t>SET VOLUME &lt;volume&gt;</t>
4122 </list>
4123 </t>
4124 <t>Where &lt;volume&gt; should be replaced by the optional dotted
4125 floating point value, reflecting the new global volume parameter.
4126 This value might usually be in the range between 0.0 and 1.0, that
4127 is for attenuating the overall volume.</t>
4128
4129 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4130 <t>
4131 <list>
4132 <t>"OK" -
4133 <list>
4134 <t>on success</t>
4135 </list>
4136 </t>
4137 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4138 <list>
4139 <t>if the global volume was set, but there are noteworthy
4140 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4141 warning message</t>
4142 </list>
4143 </t>
4144 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4145 <list>
4146 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
4147 </list>
4148 </t>
4149 </list>
4150 </t>
4151 </section>
4152
4153 <section title="Getting global voice limit" anchor="GET VOICES">
4154 <t>The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit
4155 for maximum voices by sending the following command:</t>
4156 <t>
4157 <list>
4158 <t>GET VOICES</t>
4159 </list>
4160 </t>
4161 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4162 <t>
4163 <list>
4164 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for
4165 the current limit of maximum voices.</t>
4166 </list>
4167 </t>
4168
4169 <t>The voice limit setting defines how many voices should maximum
4170 be processed by the sampler at the same time. If the user
4171 triggers new notes which would exceed that voice limit, the
4172 sampler engine will react by stealing old voices for those
4173 newly triggered notes. Note that the amount of voices triggered
4174 by a new note can be larger than one and is dependent to the
4175 respective instrument and probably further criterias.</t>
4176 </section>
4177
4178 <section title="Setting global voice limit" anchor="SET VOICES">
4179 <t>The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit
4180 for maximum voices by sending the following command:</t>
4181 <t>
4182 <list>
4183 <t>SET VOICES &lt;max-voices&gt;</t>
4184 </list>
4185 </t>
4186 <t>Where &lt;max-voices&gt; should be replaced by the integer
4187 value, reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum voices.
4188 This value has to be larger than 0.</t>
4189
4190 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4191 <t>
4192 <list>
4193 <t>"OK" -
4194 <list>
4195 <t>on success</t>
4196 </list>
4197 </t>
4198 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4199 <list>
4200 <t>if the voice limit was set, but there are noteworthy
4201 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4202 warning message</t>
4203 </list>
4204 </t>
4205 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4206 <list>
4207 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
4208 </list>
4209 </t>
4210 </list>
4211 </t>
4212
4213 <t>Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
4214 The total amount of maximum voices on the running system might thus
4215 be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of engine
4216 instances.</t>
4217
4218 <t>Caution: when adjusting the voice limit, you SHOULD also
4219 adjust the disk stream limit respectively and vice versa.</t>
4220 </section>
4221
4222 <section title="Getting global disk stream limit" anchor="GET STREAMS">
4223 <t>The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit
4224 for maximum disk streams by sending the following command:</t>
4225 <t>
4226 <list>
4227 <t>GET STREAMS</t>
4228 </list>
4229 </t>
4230 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4231 <t>
4232 <list>
4233 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for
4234 the current limit of maximum disk streams.</t>
4235 </list>
4236 </t>
4237
4238 <t>The disk stream limit setting defines how many disk streams should
4239 maximum be processed by a sampler engine at the same time. The
4240 higher this value, the more memory (RAM) will be occupied, since
4241 every disk streams allocates a certain buffer size for being able
4242 to perform its streaming operations.</t>
4243 </section>
4244
4245 <section title="Setting global disk stream limit" anchor="SET STREAMS">
4246 <t>The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit
4247 for maximum disk streams by sending the following command:</t>
4248 <t>
4249 <list>
4250 <t>SET STREAMS &lt;max-streams&gt;</t>
4251 </list>
4252 </t>
4253 <t>Where &lt;max-streams&gt; should be replaced by the integer
4254 value, reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum disk streams.
4255 This value has to be positive.</t>
4256
4257 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4258 <t>
4259 <list>
4260 <t>"OK" -
4261 <list>
4262 <t>on success</t>
4263 </list>
4264 </t>
4265 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4266 <list>
4267 <t>if the disk stream limit was set, but there are noteworthy
4268 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4269 warning message</t>
4270 </list>
4271 </t>
4272 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4273 <list>
4274 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message</t>
4275 </list>
4276 </t>
4277 </list>
4278 </t>
4279
4280 <t>Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
4281 The total amount of maximum disk streams on the running system might
4282 thus be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of
4283 engine instances.</t>
4284
4285 <t>Caution: when adjusting the disk stream limit, you SHOULD also
4286 adjust the voice limit respectively and vice versa.</t>
4287 </section>
4288
4289 </section>
4290
4291
4292 <section title="MIDI Instrument Mapping" anchor="MIDI Instrument Mapping">
4293 <t>The MIDI protocol provides a way to switch between instruments
4294 by sending so called MIDI bank select and MIDI program change
4295 messages which are essentially just numbers. The following commands
4296 allow to actually map arbitrary MIDI bank select / program change
4297 numbers with real instruments.</t>
4298 <t>The sampler allows to manage an arbitrary amount of MIDI
4299 instrument maps which define which instrument to load on
4300 which MIDI program change message.</t>
4301 <t>By default, that is when the sampler is launched, there is no
4302 map, thus the sampler will simply ignore all program change
4303 messages. The front-end has to explicitly create at least one
4304 map, add entries to the map and tell the respective sampler
4305 channel(s) which MIDI instrument map to use, so the sampler
4306 knows how to react on a given program change message on the
4307 respective sampler channel, that is by switching to the
4308 respectively defined engine type and loading the respective
4309 instrument. See command
4310 <xref target="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">"SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"</xref>
4311 for how to assign a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel.</t>
4312 <t>Also note per MIDI specification a bank select message does not
4313 cause to switch to another instrument. Instead when receiving a
4314 bank select message the bank value will be stored and a subsequent
4315 program change message (which may occur at any time) will finally
4316 cause the sampler to switch to the respective instrument as
4317 reflected by the current MIDI instrument map.</t>
4318
4319 <section title="Create a new MIDI instrument map" anchor="ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">
4320 <t>The front-end can add a new MIDI instrument map by sending
4321 the following command:</t>
4322 <t>
4323 <list>
4324 <t>ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP [&lt;name&gt;]</t>
4325 </list>
4326 </t>
4327 <t>Where &lt;name&gt; is an optional argument allowing to
4328 assign a custom name to the new map. MIDI instrument Map
4329 names do not have to be unique, but MUST be encapsulated
4330 into apostrophes and support escape sequences as described
4331 in chapter "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>".
4332 </t>
4333
4334 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4335 <t>
4336 <list>
4337 <t>"OK[&lt;map&gt;]" -
4338 <list>
4339 <t>in case a new MIDI instrument map could
4340 be added, where &lt;map&gt; reflects the
4341 unique ID of the newly created MIDI
4342 instrument map</t>
4343 </list>
4344 </t>
4345 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4346 <list>
4347 <t>when a new map could not be created, which
4348 might never occur in practice</t>
4349 </list>
4350 </t>
4351 </list>
4352 </t>
4353
4354 <t>Examples:</t>
4355 <t>
4356 <list>
4357 <t>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Map'"</t>
4358 <t>S: "OK[0]"</t>
4359 </list>
4360 </t>
4361 <t>
4362 <list>
4363 <t>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Drumkit'"</t>
4364 <t>S: "OK[1]"</t>
4365 </list>
4366 </t>
4367 <t>
4368 <list>
4369 <t>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"</t>
4370 <t>S: "OK[5]"</t>
4371 </list>
4372 </t>
4373 </section>
4374
4375 <section title="Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps" anchor="REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">
4376 <t>The front-end can delete a particular MIDI instrument map
4377 by sending the following command:</t>
4378 <t>
4379 <list>
4380 <t>REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP &lt;map&gt;</t>
4381 </list>
4382 </t>
4383 <t>Where &lt;map&gt; reflects the unique ID of the map to delete
4384 as returned by the <xref target="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"</xref>
4385 command.</t>
4386 <t>The front-end can delete all MIDI instrument maps by
4387 sending the following command:</t>
4388 <t>
4389 <list>
4390 <t>REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL</t>
4391 </list>
4392 </t>
4393
4394 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4395 <t>
4396 <list>
4397 <t>"OK" -
4398 <list>
4399 <t>in case the map(s) could be deleted</t>
4400 </list>
4401 </t>
4402 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4403 <list>
4404 <t>when the given map does not exist</t>
4405 </list>
4406 </t>
4407 </list>
4408 </t>
4409
4410 <t>Examples:</t>
4411 <t>
4412 <list>
4413 <t>C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 0"</t>
4414 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4415 </list>
4416 </t>
4417 <t>
4418 <list>
4419 <t>C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL"</t>
4420 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4421 </list>
4422 </t>
4423 </section>
4424
4425 <section title="Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps" anchor="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">
4426 <t>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of MIDI
4427 instrument maps by sending the following command:</t>
4428 <t>
4429 <list>
4430 <t>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS</t>
4431 </list>
4432 </t>
4433
4434 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4435 <t>
4436 <list>
4437 <t>The sampler will answer by returning the current
4438 number of MIDI instrument maps.</t>
4439 </list>
4440 </t>
4441
4442 <t>Example:</t>
4443 <t>
4444 <list>
4445 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"</t>
4446 <t>S: "2"</t>
4447 </list>
4448 </t>
4449 </section>
4450
4451 <section title="Getting all created MIDI instrument maps" anchor="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">
4452 <t>The number of MIDI instrument maps can change on runtime. To get the
4453 current list of MIDI instrument maps, the front-end can send the
4454 following command:</t>
4455 <t>
4456 <list>
4457 <t>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS</t>
4458 </list>
4459 </t>
4460 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4461 <t>
4462 <list>
4463 <t>The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
4464 with all MIDI instrument maps' numerical IDs.</t>
4465 </list>
4466 </t>
4467 <t>Example:</t>
4468 <t>
4469 <list>
4470 <t>C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"</t>
4471 <t>S: "0,1,5,12"</t>
4472 </list>
4473 </t>
4474 </section>
4475
4476 <section title="Getting MIDI instrument map information" anchor="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO">
4477 <t>The front-end can ask for the current settings of a MIDI
4478 instrument map by sending the following command:</t>
4479 <t>
4480 <list>
4481 <t>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO &lt;map&gt;</t>
4482 </list>
4483 </t>
4484 <t>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numerical ID of the map the
4485 front-end is interested in as returned by the
4486 <xref target="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"</xref>
4487 command.</t>
4488
4489 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4490 <t>
4491 <list>
4492 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
4493 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
4494 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
4495 the info character string to that setting category. At the
4496 moment the following categories are defined:</t>
4497
4498 <t>
4499 <list>
4500 <t>NAME -
4501 <list>
4502 <t>custom name of the given map,
4503 which does not have to be unique
4504 (note that this character string may contain
4505 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>)</t>
4506 </list>
4507 </t>
4508 <t>DEFAULT -
4509 <list>
4510 <t>either true or false,
4511 defines whether this map is the default map</t>
4512 </list>
4513 </t>
4514 </list>
4515 </t>
4516 </list>
4517 </t>
4518 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
4519
4520 <t>Example:</t>
4521 <t>
4522 <list>
4523 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO 0"</t>
4524 <t>S: "NAME: Standard Map"</t>
4525 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: true"</t>
4526 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
4527 </list>
4528 </t>
4529 </section>
4530
4531 <section title="Renaming a MIDI instrument map" anchor="SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME">
4532 <t>The front-end can alter the custom name of a MIDI
4533 instrument map by sending the following command:</t>
4534 <t>
4535 <list>
4536 <t>SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME &lt;map&gt; &lt;name&gt;</t>
4537 </list>
4538 </t>
4539 <t>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numerical ID of the map and
4540 &lt;name&gt; the new custom name of the map, which does not
4541 have to be unique (name MUST be encapsulated into apostrophes
4542 and supports escape sequences as described in chapter
4543 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").
4544 </t>
4545
4546 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4547 <t>
4548 <list>
4549 <t>"OK" -
4550 <list>
4551 <t>on success</t>
4552 </list>
4553 </t>
4554 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4555 <list>
4556 <t>in case the given map does not exist</t>
4557 </list>
4558 </t>
4559 </list>
4560 </t>
4561
4562 <t>Example:</t>
4563 <t>
4564 <list>
4565 <t>C: "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME 0 'Foo instruments'"</t>
4566 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4567 </list>
4568 </t>
4569 </section>
4570
4571 <section title="Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry" anchor="MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">
4572 <t>The front-end can create a new or replace an existing entry
4573 in a sampler's MIDI instrument map by sending the following
4574 command:</t>
4575 <t>
4576 <list>
4577 <t>MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] &lt;map&gt;
4578 &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt; &lt;engine_name&gt;
4579 &lt;filename&gt; &lt;instrument_index&gt; &lt;volume_value&gt;
4580 [&lt;instr_load_mode&gt;] [&lt;name&gt;]</t>
4581 </list>
4582 </t>
4583 <t>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the map to alter,
4584 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between
4585 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank select index,
4586 &lt;midi_prog&gt; an
4587 integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program change
4588 index, &lt;engine_name&gt; a sampler engine name as returned by
4589 the <xref target="LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES">"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"</xref>
4590 command (not encapsulated into apostrophes), &lt;filename&gt; the name
4591 of the instrument's file to be deployed (encapsulated into apostrophes,
4592 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
4593 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>"),
4594 &lt;instrument_index&gt; the index (integer value) of the instrument
4595 within the given file, &lt;volume_value&gt; reflects the master
4596 volume of the instrument as optionally dotted number (where a
4597 value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0 means
4598 amplification). This parameter easily allows to adjust the
4599 volume of all intruments within a custom instrument map
4600 without having to adjust their instrument files. The
4601 OPTIONAL &lt;instr_load_mode&gt; argument defines the life
4602 time of the instrument, that is when the instrument should
4603 be loaded, when freed and has exactly the following
4604 possibilities:</t>
4605 <t>
4606 <list>
4607 <t>"ON_DEMAND" -
4608 <list>
4609 <t>The instrument will be loaded when needed,
4610 that is when demanded by at least one sampler
4611 channel. It will immediately be freed from memory
4612 when not needed by any sampler channel anymore.</t>
4613 </list>
4614 </t>
4615 <t>"ON_DEMAND_HOLD" -
4616 <list>
4617 <t>The instrument will be loaded when needed,
4618 that is when demanded by at least one sampler
4619 channel. It will be kept in memory even when
4620 not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
4621 Instruments with this mode are only freed
4622 when the sampler is reset or all mapping
4623 entries with this mode (and respective
4624 instrument) are explicitly changed to
4625 "ON_DEMAND" and no sampler channel is using
4626 the instrument anymore.</t>
4627 </list>
4628 </t>
4629 <t>"PERSISTENT" -
4630 <list>
4631 <t>The instrument will immediately be loaded
4632 into memory when this mapping
4633 command is sent and the instrument is kept all
4634 the time. Instruments with this mode are
4635 only freed when the sampler is reset or all
4636 mapping entries with this mode (and
4637 respective instrument) are explicitly
4638 changed to "ON_DEMAND" and no sampler
4639 channel is using the instrument anymore.</t>
4640 </list>
4641 </t>
4642 <t>not supplied -
4643 <list>
4644 <t>In case there is no &lt;instr_load_mode&gt;
4645 argument given, it will be up to the
4646 InstrumentManager to decide which mode to use.
4647 Usually it will use "ON_DEMAND" if an entry
4648 for the given instrument does not exist in
4649 the InstrumentManager's list yet, otherwise
4650 if an entry already exists, it will simply
4651 stick with the mode currently reflected by
4652 the already existing entry, that is it will
4653 not change the mode.</t>
4654 </list>
4655 </t>
4656 </list>
4657 </t>
4658 <t>
4659 The &lt;instr_load_mode&gt; argument thus allows to define an
4660 appropriate strategy (low memory consumption vs. fast
4661 instrument switching) for each instrument individually. Note, the
4662 following restrictions apply to this argument: "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" and
4663 "PERSISTENT" have to be supported by the respective sampler engine
4664 (which is technically the case when the engine provides an
4665 InstrumentManager for its format). If this is not the case the
4666 argument will automatically fall back to the default value
4667 "ON_DEMAND". Also the load mode of one instrument may
4668 automatically change the laod mode of other instrument(s), i.e.
4669 because the instruments are part of the same file and the
4670 engine does not allow a way to manage load modes for them
4671 individually. Due to this, in case the frontend shows the
4672 load modes of entries, the frontend should retrieve the actual
4673 mode by i.e. sending
4674 <xref target="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"</xref>
4675 command(s). Finally the OPTIONAL &lt;name&gt; argument allows to set a custom name
4676 (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
4677 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>") for the
4678 mapping entry, useful for frontends for displaying an appropriate name for
4679 mapped instruments (using
4680 <xref target="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"</xref>).
4681 </t>
4682 <t>
4683 By default, "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" commands block until the mapping is
4684 completely established in the sampler. The OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL" argument
4685 however causes the respective "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" command to return
4686 immediately, that is to let the sampler establish the mapping in the
4687 background. So this argument might be especially useful for mappings with
4688 a "PERSISTENT" type, because these have to load the respective instruments
4689 immediately and might thus block for a very long time. It is recommended
4690 however to use the OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL" argument only if really necessary,
4691 because it has the following drawbacks: as "NON_MODAL" instructions return
4692 immediately, they may not necessarily return an error i.e. when the given
4693 instrument file turns out to be corrupt, beside that subsequent commands
4694 in a LSCP instruction sequence might fail, because mandatory mappings are
4695 not yet completed.
4696 </t>
4697
4698 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4699 <t>
4700 <list>
4701 <t>"OK" -
4702 <list>
4703 <t>usually</t>
4704 </list>
4705 </t>
4706 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4707 <list>
4708 <t>when the given map or engine does not exist or a value
4709 is out of range</t>
4710 </list>
4711 </t>
4712 </list>
4713 </t>
4714
4715 <t>Examples:</t>
4716 <t>
4717 <list>
4718 <t>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 3 0 gig '/usr/share/Steinway D.gig' 0 0.8 PERSISTENT"</t>
4719 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4720 </list>
4721 </t>
4722 <t>
4723 <list>
4724 <t>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 4 50 gig '/home/john/foostrings.gig' 7 1.0"</t>
4725 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4726 </list>
4727 </t>
4728 <t>
4729 <list>
4730 <t>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 0 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 1.0 'Normal Piano'"</t>
4731 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4732 <t>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 1 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 0.25 'Silent Piano'"</t>
4733 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4734 </list>
4735 </t>
4736 <t>
4737 <list>
4738 <t>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT NON_MODAL 1 8 120 gig '/home/joe/foodrums.gig' 0 1.0 PERSISTENT 'Foo Drumkit'"</t>
4739 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4740 </list>
4741 </t>
4742 </section>
4743
4744 <section title="Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries" anchor="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">
4745 <t>The front-end can query the amount of currently existing
4746 entries in a MIDI instrument map by sending the following
4747 command:</t>
4748 <t>
4749 <list>
4750 <t>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;</t>
4751 </list>
4752 </t>
4753 <t>The front-end can query the amount of currently existing
4754 entries in all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following
4755 command:</t>
4756 <t>
4757 <list>
4758 <t>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL</t>
4759 </list>
4760 </t>
4761 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4762 <t>
4763 <list>
4764 <t>The sampler will answer by sending the current number of
4765 entries in the MIDI instrument map(s).</t>
4766 </list>
4767 </t>
4768
4769 <t>Example:</t>
4770 <t>
4771 <list>
4772 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"</t>
4773 <t>S: "234"</t>
4774 </list>
4775 </t>
4776 <t>
4777 <list>
4778 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"</t>
4779 <t>S: "954"</t>
4780 </list>
4781 </t>
4782 </section>
4783
4784 <section title="Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map" anchor="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">
4785 <t>The front-end can query a list of all currently existing
4786 entries in a certain MIDI instrument map by sending the following
4787 command:</t>
4788 <t>
4789 <list>
4790 <t>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;</t>
4791 </list>
4792 </t>
4793 <t>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map.</t>
4794 <t>The front-end can query a list of all currently existing
4795 entries of all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following
4796 command:</t>
4797 <t>
4798 <list>
4799 <t>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL</t>
4800 </list>
4801 </t>
4802
4803 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4804 <t>
4805 <list>
4806 <t>The sampler will answer by sending a comma separated
4807 list of map ID - MIDI bank - MIDI program triples, where
4808 each triple is encapsulated into curly braces. The
4809 list is returned in one single line. Each triple
4810 just reflects the key of the respective map entry,
4811 thus subsequent
4812 <xref target="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"</xref>
4813 command(s) are necessary to retrieve detailed informations
4814 about each entry.</t>
4815 </list>
4816 </t>
4817
4818 <t>Example:</t>
4819 <t>
4820 <list>
4821 <t>C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"</t>
4822 <t>S: "{0,0,0},{0,0,1},{0,0,3},{0,1,4},{1,127,127}"</t>
4823 </list>
4824 </t>
4825 </section>
4826
4827 <section title="Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map" anchor="UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">
4828 <t>The front-end can delete an entry from a MIDI instrument
4829 map by sending the following command:</t>
4830 <t>
4831 <list>
4832 <t>UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT &lt;map&gt; &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt;</t>
4833 </list>
4834 </t>
4835 <t>
4836 Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map,
4837 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between 0..16383
4838 reflecting the MIDI bank value and
4839 &lt;midi_prog&gt; an integer value between
4840 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key
4841 index triple.
4842 </t>
4843
4844 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4845 <t>
4846 <list>
4847 <t>"OK" -
4848 <list>
4849 <t>usually</t>
4850 </list>
4851 </t>
4852 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4853 <list>
4854 <t>when index out of bounds</t>
4855 </list>
4856 </t>
4857 </list>
4858 </t>
4859
4860 <t>Example:</t>
4861 <t>
4862 <list>
4863 <t>C: "UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 2 127"</t>
4864 <t>S: "OK"</t>
4865 </list>
4866 </t>
4867 </section>
4868
4869 <section title="Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry" anchor="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">
4870 <t>The front-end can retrieve the current settings of a certain
4871 instrument map entry by sending the following command:</t>
4872 <t>
4873 <list>
4874 <t>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;map&gt; &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt;</t>
4875 </list>
4876 </t>
4877 <t>
4878 Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map,
4879 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between 0..16383
4880 reflecting the MIDI bank value, &lt;midi_bank&gt;
4881 and &lt;midi_prog&gt; an integer value between
4882 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key
4883 index triple.
4884 </t>
4885
4886 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4887 <t>
4888 <list>
4889 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt;
4890 separated list. Each answer line begins with the
4891 information category name followed by a colon and then
4892 a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally the info
4893 character string to that info category. At the moment
4894 the following categories are defined:</t>
4895 <t>"NAME" -
4896 <list>
4897 <t>Name for this MIDI instrument map entry (if defined).
4898 This name shall be used by frontends for displaying a
4899 name for this mapped instrument. It can be set and
4900 changed with the
4901 <xref target="MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"</xref>
4902 command and does not have to be unique.
4903 (note that this character string may contain
4904 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>)</t>
4905 </list>
4906 </t>
4907 <t>"ENGINE_NAME" -
4908 <list>
4909 <t>Name of the engine to be deployed for this
4910 instrument.</t>
4911 </list>
4912 </t>
4913 <t>"INSTRUMENT_FILE" -
4914 <list>
4915 <t>File name of the instrument
4916 (note that this path may contain
4917 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>).</t>
4918 </list>
4919 </t>
4920 <t>"INSTRUMENT_NR" -
4921 <list>
4922 <t>Index of the instrument within the file.</t>
4923 </list>
4924 </t>
4925 <t>"INSTRUMENT_NAME" -
4926 <list>
4927 <t>Name of the loaded instrument as reflected by its file.
4928 In contrast to the "NAME" field, the "INSTRUMENT_NAME" field
4929 cannot be changed (note that this character string may contain
4930 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>).</t>
4931 </list>
4932 </t>
4933 <t>"LOAD_MODE" -
4934 <list>
4935 <t>Life time of instrument
4936 (see <xref target="MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"</xref> for details about this setting).</t>
4937 </list>
4938 </t>
4939 <t>"VOLUME" -
4940 <list>
4941 <t>master volume of the instrument as optionally
4942 dotted number (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation
4943 and a value > 1.0 means amplification)</t>
4944 </list>
4945 </t>
4946 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
4947 </list>
4948 </t>
4949
4950 <t>Example:</t>
4951 <t>
4952 <list>
4953 <t>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO 1 45 120"</t>
4954 <t>S: "NAME: Drums for Foo Song"</t>
4955 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"</t>
4956 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_FILE: /usr/share/joesdrumkit.gig"</t>
4957 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"</t>
4958 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NAME: Joe's Drumkit"</t>
4959 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"LOAD_MODE: PERSISTENT"</t>
4960 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"</t>
4961 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
4962 </list>
4963 </t>
4964 </section>
4965
4966 <section title="Clear MIDI instrument map" anchor="CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">
4967 <t>The front-end can clear a whole MIDI instrument map, that
4968 is delete all its entries by sending the following command:</t>
4969 <t>
4970 <list>
4971 <t>CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;</t>
4972 </list>
4973 </t>
4974 <t>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the map to clear.</t>
4975 <t>The front-end can clear all MIDI instrument maps, that
4976 is delete all entries of all maps by sending the following
4977 command:</t>
4978 <t>
4979 <list>
4980 <t>CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL</t>
4981 </list>
4982 </t>
4983 <t>The command "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL" does not delete the
4984 maps, only their entries, thus the map's settings like
4985 custom name will be preservevd.</t>
4986
4987 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
4988 <t>
4989 <list>
4990 <t>"OK" -
4991 <list>
4992 <t>always</t>
4993 </list>
4994 </t>
4995 </list>
4996 </t>
4997
4998 <t>Examples:</t>
4999 <t>
5000 <list>
5001 <t>C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"</t>
5002 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5003 </list>
5004 </t>
5005 <t>
5006 <list>
5007 <t>C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"</t>
5008 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5009 </list>
5010 </t>
5011 </section>
5012 </section>
5013
5014
5015 <section title="Managing Instruments Database" anchor="Managing Instruments Database">
5016 <t>The following commands describe how to use and manage
5017 the instruments database.</t>
5018 <t>Notice:</t>
5019 <t>
5020 <list>
5021 <t>All command arguments representing a path or
5022 instrument/directory name support escape sequences as described in chapter
5023 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>".
5024 </t>
5025 <t>All occurrences of a forward slash in instrument and directory
5026 names are escaped with its hex (\x2f) or octal (\057) escape sequence.
5027 </t>
5028 </list>
5029 </t>
5030
5031 <section title="Creating a new instrument directory" anchor="ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">
5032 <t>The front-end can add a new instrument directory to the
5033 instruments database by sending the following command:</t>
5034 <t>
5035 <list>
5036 <t>ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt;</t>
5037 </list>
5038 </t>
5039 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
5040 to be created (encapsulated into apostrophes).</t>
5041
5042 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5043 <t>
5044 <list>
5045 <t>"OK" -
5046 <list>
5047 <t>on success</t>
5048 </list>
5049 </t>
5050 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5051 <list>
5052 <t>when the directory could not be created, which
5053 can happen if the directory already exists or the
5054 name contains not allowed symbols</t>
5055 </list>
5056 </t>
5057 </list>
5058 </t>
5059
5060 <t>Examples:</t>
5061 <t>
5062 <list>
5063 <t>C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection'"</t>
5064 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5065 </list>
5066 </t>
5067 </section>
5068
5069 <section title="Deleting an instrument directory" anchor="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">
5070 <t>The front-end can delete a particular instrument directory
5071 from the instruments database by sending the following command:</t>
5072 <t>
5073 <list>
5074 <t>REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY [FORCE] &lt;dir&gt;</t>
5075 </list>
5076 </t>
5077 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
5078 to delete. The optional FORCE argument can be used to
5079 force the deletion of a non-empty directory and all its content.</t>
5080
5081 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5082 <t>
5083 <list>
5084 <t>"OK" -
5085 <list>
5086 <t>if the directory is deleted successfully</t>
5087 </list>
5088 </t>
5089 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5090 <list>
5091 <t>if the given directory does not exist, or
5092 if trying to delete a non-empty directory,
5093 without using the FORCE argument.</t>
5094 </list>
5095 </t>
5096 </list>
5097 </t>
5098
5099 <t>Examples:</t>
5100 <t>
5101 <list>
5102 <t>C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY FORCE '/Piano Collection'"</t>
5103 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5104 </list>
5105 </t>
5106 </section>
5107
5108 <section title="Getting amount of instrument directories" anchor="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">
5109 <t>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of
5110 directories in a specific directory by sending the following command:</t>
5111 <t>
5112 <list>
5113 <t>GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;</t>
5114 </list>
5115 </t>
5116 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
5117 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of
5118 all directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
5119 specified directory, will be returned.</t>
5120
5121 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5122 <t>
5123 <list>
5124 <t>The current number of instrument directories
5125 in the specified directory.</t>
5126 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5127 <list>
5128 <t>if the given directory does not exist.</t>
5129 </list>
5130 </t>
5131 </list>
5132 </t>
5133
5134 <t>Example:</t>
5135 <t>
5136 <list>
5137 <t>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"</t>
5138 <t>S: "2"</t>
5139 </list>
5140 </t>
5141 </section>
5142
5143 <section title="Listing all directories in specific directory" anchor="LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">
5144 <t>The front-end can retrieve the current list of directories
5145 in specific directory by sending the following command:</t>
5146 <t>
5147 <list>
5148 <t>LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;</t>
5149 </list>
5150 </t>
5151 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
5152 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names
5153 of all directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
5154 specified directory, will be returned.</t>
5155
5156 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5157 <t>
5158 <list>
5159 <t>A comma separated list of all instrument directories
5160 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the specified directory.</t>
5161 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5162 <list>
5163 <t>if the given directory does not exist.</t>
5164 </list>
5165 </t>
5166 </list>
5167 </t>
5168 <t>Example:</t>
5169 <t>
5170 <list>
5171 <t>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"</t>
5172 <t>S: "'Piano Collection','Percussion Collection'"</t>
5173 </list>
5174 </t>
5175 <t>
5176 <list>
5177 <t>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES RECURSIVE '/'"</t>
5178 <t>S: "'/Piano Collection','/Piano Collection/Acoustic','/Piano Collection/Acoustic/New','/Percussion Collection'"</t>
5179 </list>
5180 </t>
5181 </section>
5182
5183 <section title="Getting instrument directory information" anchor="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO">
5184 <t>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an
5185 instrument directory by sending the following command:</t>
5186 <t>
5187 <list>
5188 <t>GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO &lt;dir&gt;</t>
5189 </list>
5190 </t>
5191 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
5192 name of the directory the front-end is interested in.</t>
5193
5194 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5195 <t>
5196 <list>
5197 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
5198 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
5199 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
5200 the info character string to that setting category. At the
5201 moment the following categories are defined:</t>
5202
5203 <t>
5204 <list>
5205 <t>DESCRIPTION -
5206 <list>
5207 <t>A brief description of the directory content.
5208 Note that the character string may contain
5209 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>.</t>
5210 </list>
5211 </t>
5212 <t>CREATED -
5213 <list>
5214 <t>The creation date and time of the directory,
5215 represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format</t>
5216 </list>
5217 </t>
5218 <t>MODIFIED -
5219 <list>
5220 <t>The date and time of the last modification of the
5221 directory, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format</t>
5222 </list>
5223 </t>
5224 </list>
5225 </t>
5226 </list>
5227 </t>
5228 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
5229
5230 <t>Example:</t>
5231 <t>
5232 <list>
5233 <t>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO '/Piano Collection'"</t>
5234 <t>S: "DESCRIPTION: Piano collection of instruments in GigaSampler format."</t>
5235 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"</t>
5236 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"</t>
5237 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
5238 </list>
5239 </t>
5240 </section>
5241
5242 <section title="Renaming an instrument directory" anchor="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME">
5243 <t>The front-end can alter the name of a specific
5244 instrument directory by sending the following command:</t>
5245 <t>
5246 <list>
5247 <t>SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME &lt;dir&gt; &lt;name&gt;</t>
5248 </list>
5249 </t>
5250 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory and
5251 &lt;name&gt; is the new name for that directory.</t>
5252
5253 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5254 <t>
5255 <list>
5256 <t>"OK" -
5257 <list>
5258 <t>on success</t>
5259 </list>
5260 </t>
5261 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5262 <list>
5263 <t>in case the given directory does not exists,
5264 or if a directory with name equal to the new
5265 name already exists.</t>
5266 </list>
5267 </t>
5268 </list>
5269 </t>
5270
5271 <t>Example:</t>
5272 <t>
5273 <list>
5274 <t>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME '/Piano Collection/Acustic' 'Acoustic'"</t>
5275 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5276 </list>
5277 </t>
5278 </section>
5279
5280 <section title="Moving an instrument directory" anchor="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">
5281 <t>The front-end can move a specific
5282 instrument directory by sending the following command:</t>
5283 <t>
5284 <list>
5285 <t>MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt; &lt;dst&gt;</t>
5286 </list>
5287 </t>
5288 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
5289 to move and &lt;dst&gt; is the location where the directory will
5290 be moved to.</t>
5291
5292 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5293 <t>
5294 <list>
5295 <t>"OK" -
5296 <list>
5297 <t>on success</t>
5298 </list>
5299 </t>
5300 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5301 <list>
5302 <t>in case a given directory does not exists,
5303 or if a directory with name equal to the name
5304 of the specified directory already exists in
5305 the destination directory. Error is also thrown
5306 when trying to move a directory to a subdirectory
5307 of itself.</t>
5308 </list>
5309 </t>
5310 </list>
5311 </t>
5312
5313 <t>Example:</t>
5314 <t>
5315 <list>
5316 <t>C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Acoustic' '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'"</t>
5317 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5318 </list>
5319 </t>
5320 </section>
5321
5322 <section title="Copying instrument directories" anchor="COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">
5323 <t>The front-end can copy a specific
5324 instrument directory by sending the following command:</t>
5325 <t>
5326 <list>
5327 <t>COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt; &lt;dst&gt;</t>
5328 </list>
5329 </t>
5330 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
5331 to copy and &lt;dst&gt; is the location where the directory will
5332 be copied to.</t>
5333
5334 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5335 <t>
5336 <list>
5337 <t>"OK" -
5338 <list>
5339 <t>on success</t>
5340 </list>
5341 </t>
5342 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5343 <list>
5344 <t>in case a given directory does not exists,
5345 or if a directory with name equal to the name
5346 of the specified directory already exists in
5347 the destination directory. Error is also thrown
5348 when trying to copy a directory to a subdirectory
5349 of itself.</t>
5350 </list>
5351 </t>
5352 </list>
5353 </t>
5354
5355 <t>Example:</t>
5356 <t>
5357 <list>
5358 <t>C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection/Acoustic' '/Acoustic/Pianos'"</t>
5359 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5360 </list>
5361 </t>
5362 </section>
5363
5364 <section title="Changing the description of directory" anchor="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION">
5365 <t>The front-end can alter the description of a specific
5366 instrument directory by sending the following command:</t>
5367 <t>
5368 <list>
5369 <t>SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION &lt;dir&gt; &lt;desc&gt;</t>
5370 </list>
5371 </t>
5372 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory and
5373 &lt;desc&gt; is the new description for the directory
5374 (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
5375 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
5376
5377 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5378 <t>
5379 <list>
5380 <t>"OK" -
5381 <list>
5382 <t>on success</t>
5383 </list>
5384 </t>
5385 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5386 <list>
5387 <t>in case the given directory does not exists.</t>
5388 </list>
5389 </t>
5390 </list>
5391 </t>
5392
5393 <t>Example:</t>
5394 <t>
5395 <list>
5396 <t>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection' 'A collection of piano instruments in various format.'"</t>
5397 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5398 </list>
5399 </t>
5400 </section>
5401
5402 <section title="Finding directories" anchor="FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">
5403 <t>The front-end can search for directories
5404 in specific directory by sending the following command:</t>
5405 <t>
5406 <list>
5407 <t>FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [NON_RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt; &lt;criteria-list&gt;</t>
5408 </list>
5409 </t>
5410 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
5411 name of the directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
5412 directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will not
5413 be searched. &lt;criteria-list&gt; is a list of search criterias
5414 in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
5415 allowed:</t>
5416 <t>
5417 <t>NAME='&lt;search-string&gt;'
5418 <list>
5419 <t>Restricts the search to directories, which names
5420 satisfy the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
5421 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
5422 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
5423 </list>
5424 </t>
5425
5426 <t>CREATED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
5427 <list>
5428 <t>Restricts the search to directories, which creation
5429 date satisfies the specified period, where &lt;date-after&gt;
5430 and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.
5431 If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
5432 directories created before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
5433 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted
5434 to directories created after &lt;date-after&gt;.</t>
5435 </list>
5436 </t>
5437
5438 <t>MODIFIED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
5439 <list>
5440 <t>Restricts the search to directories, which
5441 date of last modification satisfies the specified period, where
5442 &lt;date-after&gt; and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
5443 format. If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
5444 directories, which are last modified before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
5445 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted to directories,
5446 which are last modified after &lt;date-after&gt;.</t>
5447 </list>
5448 </t>
5449
5450 <t>DESCRIPTION='&lt;search-string&gt;'
5451 <list>
5452 <t>Restricts the search to directories with description
5453 that satisfies the supplied search string
5454 (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape
5455 sequences as described in chapter
5456 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
5457 </list>
5458 </t>
5459 </t>
5460
5461 <t>Where &lt;search-string&gt; is either a regular expression, or a
5462 word list separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.</t>
5463
5464 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5465 <t>
5466 <list>
5467 <t>A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated into
5468 apostrophes) of all directories in the specified directory that satisfy
5469 the supplied search criterias.</t>
5470 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5471 <list>
5472 <t>if the given directory does not exist.</t>
5473 </list>
5474 </t>
5475 </list>
5476 </t>
5477 <t>Example:</t>
5478 <t>
5479 <list>
5480 <t>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' NAME='Piano'"</t>
5481 <t>S: "'/Piano Collection'"</t>
5482 </list>
5483 </t>
5484 <t>
5485 <list>
5486 <t>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' CREATED='..2007-04-01 09:30:13'"</t>
5487 <t>S: "'/Piano Collection','/Percussions'"</t>
5488 </list>
5489 </t>
5490 </section>
5491
5492 <section title="Adding instruments to the instruments database" anchor="ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS">
5493 <t>The front-end can add one or more instruments
5494 to the instruments database by sending the following command:</t>
5495 <t>
5496 <list>
5497 <t>ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_MODAL] [&lt;mode&gt;[ FILE_AS_DIR]] &lt;db_dir&gt; &lt;file_path&gt; [&lt;instr_index&gt;]</t>
5498 </list>
5499 </t>
5500 <t>Where &lt;db_dir&gt; is the absolute path name of a directory
5501 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the instruments database in which
5502 only the new instruments (that are not already in the database) will
5503 be added, &lt;file_path&gt; is the absolute path name of a file or
5504 directory in the file system (encapsulated into apostrophes). In case
5505 an instrument file is supplied, only the instruments in the specified
5506 file will be added to the instruments database. If the optional
5507 &lt;instr_index&gt; (the index of the instrument within the given file)
5508 is supplied too, then only the specified instrument will be added.
5509 In case a directory is supplied, the instruments in that directory
5510 will be added. The OPTIONAL &lt;mode&gt; argument is only applied
5511 when a directory is provided as &lt;file_path&gt; and specifies how the
5512 scanning will be done and has exactly the following possibilities:</t>
5513 <t>
5514 <list>
5515 <t>"RECURSIVE" -
5516 <list>
5517 <t>All instruments will be processed, including those
5518 in the subdirectories, and the respective subdirectory
5519 tree structure will be recreated in the instruments
5520 database</t>
5521 </list>
5522 </t>
5523 <t>"NON_RECURSIVE" -
5524 <list>
5525 <t>Only the instruments in the specified directory
5526 will be added, the instruments in the subdirectories
5527 will not be processed.</t>
5528 </list>
5529 </t>
5530 <t>"FLAT" -
5531 <list>
5532 <t>All instruments will be processed, including those
5533 in the subdirectories, but the respective subdirectory
5534 structure will not be recreated in the instruments
5535 database. All instruments will be added directly in
5536 the specified database directory.</t>
5537 </list>
5538 </t>
5539 </list>
5540 </t>
5541
5542 <t> If FILE_AS_DIR argument is supplied, all instruments in an instrument
5543 file will be added to a separate directory in the instruments database, which
5544 name will be the name of the instrument file with the file extension stripped off.
5545 </t>
5546 <t>The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
5547 is that the regular command returns when the scanning is finished
5548 while NON_MODAL version returns immediately and a background process is launched.
5549 The <xref target="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO">GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO</xref>
5550 command can be used to monitor the scanning progress.</t>
5551
5552 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5553 <t>
5554 <list>
5555 <t>"OK" -
5556 <list>
5557 <t>on success when NON_MODAL is not supplied</t>
5558 </list>
5559 </t>
5560 <t>"OK[&lt;job-id&gt;]" -
5561 <list>
5562 <t>on success when NON_MODAL is supplied, where &lt;job-id&gt;
5563 is a numerical ID used to obtain status information about the job progress.
5564 See <xref target="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO">GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO</xref>
5565 </t>
5566 </list>
5567 </t>
5568 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5569 <list>
5570 <t>if an invalid path is specified.</t>
5571 </list>
5572 </t>
5573 </list>
5574 </t>
5575
5576 <t>Examples:</t>
5577 <t>
5578 <list>
5579 <t>C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' '/home/me/gigs/PMI Bosendorfer 290.gig' 0"</t>
5580 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5581 </list>
5582 </t>
5583 </section>
5584
5585 <section title="Removing an instrument" anchor="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">
5586 <t>The front-end can remove a particular instrument
5587 from the instruments database by sending the following command:</t>
5588 <t>
5589 <list>
5590 <t>REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr_path&gt;</t>
5591 </list>
5592 </t>
5593 <t>Where &lt;instr_path&gt; is the absolute path name
5594 (in the instruments database) of the instrument to remove.</t>
5595
5596 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5597 <t>
5598 <list>
5599 <t>"OK" -
5600 <list>
5601 <t>if the instrument is removed successfully</t>
5602 </list>
5603 </t>
5604 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5605 <list>
5606 <t>if the given path does not exist or
5607 is a directory.</t>
5608 </list>
5609 </t>
5610 </list>
5611 </t>
5612
5613 <t>Examples:</t>
5614 <t>
5615 <list>
5616 <t>C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"</t>
5617 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5618 </list>
5619 </t>
5620 </section>
5621
5622 <section title="Getting amount of instruments" anchor="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS">
5623 <t>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of
5624 instruments in a specific directory by sending the following command:</t>
5625 <t>
5626 <list>
5627 <t>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;</t>
5628 </list>
5629 </t>
5630 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path name
5631 of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all
5632 instruments, including those located in subdirectories of the
5633 specified directory, will be returned.</t>
5634
5635 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5636 <t>
5637 <list>
5638 <t>The current number of instruments
5639 in the specified directory.</t>
5640 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5641 <list>
5642 <t>if the given directory does not exist.</t>
5643 </list>
5644 </t>
5645 </list>
5646 </t>
5647
5648 <t>Example:</t>
5649 <t>
5650 <list>
5651 <t>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"</t>
5652 <t>S: "2"</t>
5653 </list>
5654 </t>
5655 </section>
5656
5657 <section title="Listing all instruments in specific directory" anchor="LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS">
5658 <t>The front-end can retrieve the current list of instruments
5659 in specific directory by sending the following command:</t>
5660 <t>
5661 <list>
5662 <t>LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;</t>
5663 </list>
5664 </t>
5665 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
5666 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path
5667 names of all instruments, including those located in subdirectories
5668 of the specified directory, will be returned.</t>
5669
5670 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5671 <t>
5672 <list>
5673 <t>A comma separated list of all instruments
5674 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the specified directory.</t>
5675 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5676 <list>
5677 <t>if the given directory does not exist.</t>
5678 </list>
5679 </t>
5680 </list>
5681 </t>
5682 <t>Example:</t>
5683 <t>
5684 <list>
5685 <t>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"</t>
5686 <t>S: "'Bosendorfer 290','Steinway D'"</t>
5687 </list>
5688 </t>
5689 <t>
5690 <list>
5691 <t>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS RECURSIVE '/Piano Collection'"</t>
5692 <t>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/Steinway D','/Piano Collection/Lite/Free Piano'"</t>
5693 </list>
5694 </t>
5695 </section>
5696
5697 <section title="Getting instrument information" anchor="GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO">
5698 <t>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an
5699 instrument by sending the following command:</t>
5700 <t>
5701 <list>
5702 <t>GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;instr_path&gt;</t>
5703 </list>
5704 </t>
5705 <t>Where &lt;instr_path&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
5706 name of the instrument the front-end is interested in.</t>
5707
5708 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5709 <t>
5710 <list>
5711 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
5712 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
5713 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
5714 the info character string to that setting category. At the
5715 moment the following categories are defined:</t>
5716
5717 <t>
5718 <list>
5719 <t>INSTRUMENT_FILE -
5720 <list>
5721 <t>File name of the instrument.
5722 Note that the character string may contain
5723 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>.</t>
5724 </list>
5725 </t>
5726 <t>INSTRUMENT_NR -
5727 <list>
5728 <t>Index of the instrument within the file.</t>
5729 </list>
5730 </t>
5731 <t>FORMAT_FAMILY -
5732 <list>
5733 <t>The format family of the instrument.</t>
5734 </list>
5735 </t>
5736 <t>FORMAT_VERSION -
5737 <list>
5738 <t>The format version of the instrument.</t>
5739 </list>
5740 </t>
5741 <t>SIZE -
5742 <list>
5743 <t>The size of the instrument in bytes.</t>
5744 </list>
5745 </t>
5746 <t>CREATED -
5747 <list>
5748 <t>The date and time when the instrument is added
5749 in the instruments database, represented in
5750 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format</t>
5751 </list>
5752 </t>
5753 <t>MODIFIED -
5754 <list>
5755 <t>The date and time of the last modification of the
5756 instrument's database settings, represented in
5757 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format</t>
5758 </list>
5759 </t>
5760 <t>DESCRIPTION -
5761 <list>
5762 <t>A brief description of the instrument.
5763 Note that the character string may contain
5764 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>.</t>
5765 </list>
5766 </t>
5767 <t>IS_DRUM -
5768 <list>
5769 <t>either true or false, determines whether the
5770 instrument is a drumkit or a chromatic instrument</t>
5771 </list>
5772 </t>
5773 <t>PRODUCT -
5774 <list>
5775 <t>The product title of the instrument.
5776 Note that the character string may contain
5777 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>.</t>
5778 </list>
5779 </t>
5780 <t>ARTISTS -
5781 <list>
5782 <t>Lists the artist names.
5783 Note that the character string may contain
5784 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>.</t>
5785 </list>
5786 </t>
5787 <t>KEYWORDS -
5788 <list>
5789 <t>Provides a list of keywords that refer to the instrument.
5790 Keywords are separated with semicolon and blank.
5791 Note that the character string may contain
5792 <xref target="character_set">escape sequences</xref>.</t>
5793 </list>
5794 </t>
5795 </list>
5796 </t>
5797 </list>
5798 </t>
5799 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
5800
5801 <t>Example:</t>
5802 <t>
5803 <list>
5804 <t>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"</t>
5805 <t>S: "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"</t>
5806 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"</t>
5807 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"</t>
5808 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_VERSION: 2"</t>
5809 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SIZE: 2050871870"</t>
5810 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"</t>
5811 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"</t>
5812 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DESCRIPTION: "</t>
5813 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_DRUM: false"</t>
5814 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PRODUCT: GRANDIOSO Bosendorfer 290"</t>
5815 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ARTISTS: Post Musical Instruments"</t>
5816 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"KEYWORDS: Bosendorfer"</t>
5817 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
5818 </list>
5819 </t>
5820 </section>
5821
5822 <section title="Renaming an instrument" anchor="SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME">
5823 <t>The front-end can alter the name of a specific
5824 instrument by sending the following command:</t>
5825 <t>
5826 <list>
5827 <t>SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME &lt;instr&gt; &lt;name&gt;</t>
5828 </list>
5829 </t>
5830 <t>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument and
5831 &lt;name&gt; is the new name for that instrument.</t>
5832
5833 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5834 <t>
5835 <list>
5836 <t>"OK" -
5837 <list>
5838 <t>on success</t>
5839 </list>
5840 </t>
5841 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5842 <list>
5843 <t>in case the given instrument does not exists,
5844 or if an instrument with name equal to the new
5845 name already exists.</t>
5846 </list>
5847 </t>
5848 </list>
5849 </t>
5850
5851 <t>Example:</t>
5852 <t>
5853 <list>
5854 <t>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer' 'Bosendorfer 290'"</t>
5855 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5856 </list>
5857 </t>
5858 </section>
5859
5860 <section title="Moving an instrument" anchor="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">
5861 <t>The front-end can move a specific instrument to another directory by
5862 sending the following command:</t>
5863 <t>
5864 <list>
5865 <t>MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr&gt; &lt;dst&gt;</t>
5866 </list>
5867 </t>
5868 <t>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument
5869 to move and &lt;dst&gt; is the directory where the instrument will
5870 be moved to.</t>
5871
5872 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5873 <t>
5874 <list>
5875 <t>"OK" -
5876 <list>
5877 <t>on success</t>
5878 </list>
5879 </t>
5880 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5881 <list>
5882 <t>in case the given instrument does not exists,
5883 or if an instrument with name equal to the name of the
5884 specified instrument already exists in the destination
5885 directory.</t>
5886 </list>
5887 </t>
5888 </list>
5889 </t>
5890
5891 <t>Example:</t>
5892 <t>
5893 <list>
5894 <t>C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'"</t>
5895 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5896 </list>
5897 </t>
5898 </section>
5899
5900 <section title="Copying instruments" anchor="COPY DB_INSTRUMENT">
5901 <t>The front-end can copy a specific instrument to another directory by
5902 sending the following command:</t>
5903 <t>
5904 <list>
5905 <t>COPY DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr&gt; &lt;dst&gt;</t>
5906 </list>
5907 </t>
5908 <t>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument
5909 to copy and &lt;dst&gt; is the directory where the instrument will
5910 be copied to.</t>
5911
5912 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5913 <t>
5914 <list>
5915 <t>"OK" -
5916 <list>
5917 <t>on success</t>
5918 </list>
5919 </t>
5920 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5921 <list>
5922 <t>in case the given instrument does not exists,
5923 or if an instrument with name equal to the name of the
5924 specified instrument already exists in the destination
5925 directory.</t>
5926 </list>
5927 </t>
5928 </list>
5929 </t>
5930
5931 <t>Example:</t>
5932 <t>
5933 <list>
5934 <t>C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Acoustic/Pianos/'"</t>
5935 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5936 </list>
5937 </t>
5938 </section>
5939
5940 <section title="Changing the description of instrument" anchor="SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION">
5941 <t>The front-end can alter the description of a specific
5942 instrument by sending the following command:</t>
5943 <t>
5944 <list>
5945 <t>SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION &lt;instr&gt; &lt;desc&gt;</t>
5946 </list>
5947 </t>
5948 <t>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument and
5949 &lt;desc&gt; is the new description for the instrument
5950 (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
5951 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
5952
5953 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
5954 <t>
5955 <list>
5956 <t>"OK" -
5957 <list>
5958 <t>on success</t>
5959 </list>
5960 </t>
5961 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5962 <list>
5963 <t>in case the given instrument does not exists.</t>
5964 </list>
5965 </t>
5966 </list>
5967 </t>
5968
5969 <t>Example:</t>
5970 <t>
5971 <list>
5972 <t>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection/Acoustic/Bosendorfer 290' 'No comment :)'"</t>
5973 <t>S: "OK"</t>
5974 </list>
5975 </t>
5976 </section>
5977
5978 <section title="Finding instruments" anchor="FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS">
5979 <t>The front-end can search for instruments
5980 in specific directory by sending the following command:</t>
5981 <t>
5982 <list>
5983 <t>FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt; &lt;criteria-list&gt;</t>
5984 </list>
5985 </t>
5986 <t>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
5987 name of the directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
5988 directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will not
5989 be searched. &lt;criteria-list&gt; is a list of search criterias
5990 in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
5991 allowed:</t>
5992 <t>
5993 <t>NAME='&lt;search-string&gt;'
5994 <list>
5995 <t>Restricts the search to instruments, which names
5996 satisfy the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
5997 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
5998 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
5999 </list>
6000 </t>
6001
6002 <t>SIZE=[&lt;min&gt;]..[&lt;max&gt;]
6003 <list>
6004 <t>Restricts the search to instruments, which
6005 size is in the specified range. If &lt;min&gt; is omitted,
6006 the search results are restricted to instruments with size less then
6007 or equal to &lt;max&gt;. If &lt;max&gt; is omitted, the
6008 search is restricted to instruments with size greater then
6009 or equal to &lt;min&gt;.</t>
6010 </list>
6011 </t>
6012
6013 <t>CREATED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
6014 <list>
6015 <t>Restricts the search to instruments, which creation
6016 date satisfies the specified period, where &lt;date-after&gt;
6017 and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.
6018 If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
6019 instruments created before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
6020 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted
6021 to instruments created after &lt;date-after&gt;.</t>
6022 </list>
6023 </t>
6024
6025 <t>MODIFIED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
6026 <list>
6027 <t>Restricts the search to instruments, which
6028 date of last modification satisfies the specified period, where
6029 &lt;date-after&gt; and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
6030 format. If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
6031 instruments, which are last modified before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
6032 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted to instruments,
6033 which are last modified after &lt;date-after&gt;.</t>
6034 </list>
6035 </t>
6036
6037 <t>DESCRIPTION='&lt;search-string&gt;'
6038 <list>
6039 <t>Restricts the search to instruments with description
6040 that satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
6041 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6042 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
6043 </list>
6044 </t>
6045
6046 <t>PRODUCT='&lt;search-string&gt;'
6047 <list>
6048 <t>Restricts the search to instruments with product info
6049 that satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
6050 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6051 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
6052 </list>
6053 </t>
6054
6055 <t>ARTISTS='&lt;search-string&gt;'
6056 <list>
6057 <t>Restricts the search to instruments with artists info
6058 that satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
6059 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6060 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
6061 </list>
6062 </t>
6063
6064 <t>KEYWORDS='&lt;search-string&gt;'
6065 <list>
6066 <t>Restricts the search to instruments with keyword list
6067 that satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
6068 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6069 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape Sequences</xref>").</t>
6070 </list>
6071 </t>
6072
6073 <t>IS_DRUM=true | false
6074 <list>
6075 <t>Either true or false. Restricts the search to
6076 drum kits or chromatic instruments.</t>
6077 </list>
6078 </t>
6079
6080 <t>FORMAT_FAMILIES='&lt;format-list&gt;'
6081 <list>
6082 <t>Restricts the search to instruments of the supplied format families,
6083 where &lt;format-list&gt; is a comma separated list of format families.</t>
6084 </list>
6085 </t>
6086 </t>
6087
6088 <t>Where &lt;search-string&gt; is either a regular expression, or a
6089 word list separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.</t>
6090
6091 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6092 <t>
6093 <list>
6094 <t>A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated into
6095 apostrophes) of all instruments in the specified directory that satisfy
6096 the supplied search criterias.</t>
6097 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6098 <list>
6099 <t>if the given directory does not exist.</t>
6100 </list>
6101 </t>
6102 </list>
6103 </t>
6104 <t>Example:</t>
6105 <t>
6106 <list>
6107 <t>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' NAME='bosendorfer+290'"</t>
6108 <t>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"</t>
6109 </list>
6110 </t>
6111 <t>
6112 <list>
6113 <t>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' CREATED='2007-04-01 09:30:13..'"</t>
6114 <t>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/Steinway D'"</t>
6115 </list>
6116 </t>
6117 </section>
6118
6119 <section title="Getting job status information" anchor="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO">
6120 <t>The front-end can ask for the current status of a
6121 particular database instruments job by sending the following command:</t>
6122 <t>
6123 <list>
6124 <t>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO &lt;job-id&gt;</t>
6125 </list>
6126 </t>
6127 <t>Where &lt;job-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID
6128 of the job the front-end is interested in.</t>
6129
6130 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6131 <t>
6132 <list>
6133 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
6134 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
6135 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
6136 the info character string to that setting category. At the
6137 moment the following categories are defined:</t>
6138
6139 <t>
6140 <list>
6141 <t>FILES_TOTAL -
6142 <list>
6143 <t>The total number of files scheduled for scanning</t>
6144 </list>
6145 </t>
6146 <t>FILES_SCANNED -
6147 <list>
6148 <t>The current number of scanned files</t>
6149 </list>
6150 </t>
6151 <t>SCANNING -
6152 <list>
6153 <t>The absolute path name of the file which is currently
6154 being scanned</t>
6155 </list>
6156 </t>
6157 <t>STATUS -
6158 <list>
6159 <t>An integer value between 0 and 100 indicating the
6160 scanning progress percentage of the file which is
6161 currently being scanned</t>
6162 </list>
6163 </t>
6164 </list>
6165 </t>
6166 </list>
6167 </t>
6168 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
6169
6170 <t>Example:</t>
6171 <t>
6172 <list>
6173 <t>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO 2"</t>
6174 <t>S: "FILES_TOTAL: 12"</t>
6175 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FILES_SCANNED: 7"</t>
6176 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SCANNING: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"</t>
6177 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"STATUS: 42"</t>
6178 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
6179 </list>
6180 </t>
6181 </section>
6182
6183 <section title="Formatting the instruments database" anchor="FORMAT INSTRUMENTS_DB">
6184 <t>The front-end can remove all instruments and directories and re-create
6185 the instruments database structure (e.g., in case of a database corruption)
6186 by sending the following command:</t>
6187 <t>
6188 <list>
6189 <t>FORMAT INSTRUMENTS_DB</t>
6190 </list>
6191 </t>
6192
6193 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6194 <t>
6195 <list>
6196 <t>"OK" -
6197 <list>
6198 <t>on success</t>
6199 </list>
6200 </t>
6201 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6202 <list>
6203 <t>If the formatting of the instruments database
6204 failed.</t>
6205 </list>
6206 </t>
6207 </list>
6208 </t>
6209 </section>
6210
6211 <section title="Checking for lost instrument files" anchor="FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES">
6212 <t>The front-end can retrieve the list of all instrument files in the instruments database
6213 that don't exist in the filesystem by sending the following command:</t>
6214 <t>
6215 <list>
6216 <t>FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES</t>
6217 </list>
6218 </t>
6219
6220 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6221 <t>
6222 <list>
6223 <t>A comma separated list with the absolute path names
6224 (encapsulated into apostrophes) of all lost instrument files.</t>
6225 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6226 <list>
6227 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message.</t>
6228 </list>
6229 </t>
6230 </list>
6231 </t>
6232 <t>Example:</t>
6233 <t>
6234 <list>
6235 <t>C: "FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES"</t>
6236 <t>S: "'/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig','/gigs/Steinway D.gig','/gigs/Free Piano.gig'"</t>
6237 </list>
6238 </t>
6239 </section>
6240
6241 <section title="Replacing an instrument file" anchor="SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH">
6242 <t>The front-end can substitute all occurrences of an instrument file
6243 in the instruments database with a new one by sending the following command:</t>
6244 <t>
6245 <list>
6246 <t>SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH &lt;old_path&gt; &lt;new_path&gt;</t>
6247 </list>
6248 </t>
6249 <t>Where &lt;old_path&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument file
6250 to substitute with &lt;new_path&gt;.</t>
6251
6252 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6253 <t>
6254 <list>
6255 <t>"OK" -
6256 <list>
6257 <t>on success</t>
6258 </list>
6259 </t>
6260 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6261 <list>
6262 <t>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message.</t>
6263 </list>
6264 </t>
6265 </list>
6266 </t>
6267
6268 <t>Example:</t>
6269 <t>
6270 <list>
6271 <t>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH '/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig' '/gigs/pianos/Bosendorfer 290.gig'"</t>
6272 <t>S: "OK"</t>
6273 </list>
6274 </t>
6275 </section>
6276
6277 </section>
6278
6279
6280
6281 <section title="Editing Instruments" anchor="editing_instruments">
6282 <t>The sampler allows to edit instruments while playing with the
6283 sampler by spawning an external (3rd party) instrument editor
6284 application for a given instrument. The 3rd party instrument
6285 editor applications have to place a respective plugin DLL file
6286 into the sampler's plugins directory. The sampler will
6287 automatically try to load all plugin DLLs in that directory on
6288 startup and only on startup!</t>
6289 <t>At the moment there is only one command for this feature set,
6290 but this will most probably change in future.</t>
6291
6292 <section title="Opening an appropriate instrument editor application" anchor="EDIT INSTRUMENT">
6293 <t>The front-end can request to open an appropriate instrument
6294 editor application by sending the following command:</t>
6295 <t>
6296 <list>
6297 <t>EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;</t>
6298 </list>
6299 </t>
6300 <t>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should be replaced by the
6301 number of the sampler channel as given by the
6302 <xref target="ADD CHANNEL">"ADD CHANNEL"</xref>
6303 or <xref target="LIST CHANNELS">"LIST CHANNELS"</xref>
6304 command.</t>
6305
6306 <t>The sampler will try to ask all registered instrument
6307 editors (or to be more specific: their sampler plugins)
6308 whether they are capable to handle the instrument on the
6309 given sampler channel. The sampler will simply use the first
6310 instrument editor application which replied with a positive
6311 answer and spawn that instrument editor application within
6312 the sampler's process and provide that application access
6313 to the instrument's data structures, so both applications
6314 can share and access the same instruments data at the same
6315 time, thus allowing to immediately hear changes with the
6316 sampler made by the instrument editor.</t>
6317
6318 <t>Note: consequently instrument editors are always spawned
6319 locally on the same machine where the sampler is running
6320 on!</t>
6321
6322 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6323 <t>
6324 <list>
6325 <t>"OK" -
6326 <list>
6327 <t>when an appropriate instrument editor was
6328 launched</t>
6329 </list>
6330 </t>
6331 <t>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
6332 <list>
6333 <t>when an appropriate instrument editor was
6334 launched, but there are noteworthy issues</t>
6335 </list>
6336 </t>
6337 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6338 <list>
6339 <t>when an appropriate instrument editor
6340 could not be launched</t>
6341 </list>
6342 </t>
6343 </list>
6344 </t>
6345
6346 <t>Examples:</t>
6347 <t>
6348 <list>
6349 <t>C: "EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT 0"</t>
6350 <t>S: "OK"</t>
6351 </list>
6352 </t>
6353 </section>
6354 </section>
6355
6356 <section title="Managing Files" anchor="file_management">
6357 <t>You can query detailed informations about files located
6358 at the same system where the sampler instance is running on.
6359 Using this command set allows to retrieve file informations
6360 even remotely from another machine.</t>
6361
6362 <section title="Retrieving amount of instruments of a file" anchor="GET FILE INSTRUMENTS">
6363 <t>The front-end can retrieve the amount of instruments
6364 within a given instrument file by sending the
6365 following command:</t>
6366 <t>
6367 <list>
6368 <t>GET FILE INSTRUMENTS &lt;filename&gt;</t>
6369 </list>
6370 </t>
6371 <t>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument
6372 file (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape
6373 sequences as described in chapter
6374 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape
6375 Sequences</xref>").</t>
6376
6377 <t>The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines,
6378 whether they support the given file and ask the first
6379 engine with a positive answer for the amount of
6380 instruments.</t>
6381
6382 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6383 <t>
6384 <list>
6385 <t>On success, the sampler will answer by
6386 returning the amount of instruments.
6387 </t>
6388 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6389 <list>
6390 <t>if the file could not be handled</t>
6391 </list>
6392 </t>
6393 </list>
6394 </t>
6395
6396 <t>Examples:</t>
6397 <t>
6398 <list>
6399 <t>C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"</t>
6400 <t>S: "10"</t>
6401 </list>
6402 </t>
6403 </section>
6404
6405 <section title="Retrieving all instruments of a file" anchor="LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS">
6406 <t>The front-end can retrieve a list of all instruments
6407 within a given instrument file by sending the
6408 following command:</t>
6409 <t>
6410 <list>
6411 <t>LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS &lt;filename&gt;</t>
6412 </list>
6413 </t>
6414 <t>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument
6415 file (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape
6416 sequences as described in chapter
6417 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape
6418 Sequences</xref>").</t>
6419
6420 <t>The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines,
6421 whether they support the given file and ask the first
6422 engine with a positive answer for a list of IDs for the
6423 instruments in the given file.</t>
6424
6425 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6426 <t>
6427 <list>
6428 <t>On success, the sampler will answer by
6429 returning a comma separated list of
6430 instrument IDs.
6431 </t>
6432 <t>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6433 <list>
6434 <t>if the file could not be handled</t>
6435 </list>
6436 </t>
6437 </list>
6438 </t>
6439
6440 <t>Examples:</t>
6441 <t>
6442 <list>
6443 <t>C: "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"</t>
6444 <t>S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9"</t>
6445 </list>
6446 </t>
6447 </section>
6448
6449 <section title="Retrieving informations about one instrument in a file" anchor="GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO">
6450 <t>The front-end can retrieve detailed informations
6451 about a specific instrument within a given instrument
6452 file by sending the following command:</t>
6453 <t>
6454 <list>
6455 <t>GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;filename&gt;
6456 &lt;instr-id&gt;</t>
6457 </list>
6458 </t>
6459 <t>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument
6460 file (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape
6461 sequences as described in chapter
6462 "<xref target="character_set">Character Set and Escape
6463 Sequences</xref>") and &lt;instr-id&gt; is the numeric
6464 instrument ID as returned by the
6465 <xref target="LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS">
6466 "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS"</xref> command.</t>
6467
6468 <t>The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines,
6469 whether they support the given file and ask the first
6470 engine with a positive answer for informations about the
6471 specific instrument in the given file.</t>
6472
6473 <t>Possible Answers:</t>
6474 <t>
6475 <list>
6476 <t>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
6477 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
6478 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
6479 the info character string to that setting category. At the
6480 moment the following categories are defined:</t>
6481
6482 <t>
6483 <list>
6484 <t>NAME -
6485 <list>
6486 <t>name of the instrument as
6487 stored in the instrument file</t>
6488 </list>
6489 </t>
6490 <t>FORMAT_FAMILY -
6491 <list>
6492 <t>name of the sampler format
6493 of the given instrument</t>
6494 </list>
6495 </t>
6496 <t>FORMAT_VERSION -
6497 <list>
6498 <t>version of the sampler format
6499 the instrumen is stored as</t>
6500 </list>
6501 </t>
6502 <t>PRODUCT -
6503 <list>
6504 <t>official product name of the
6505 instrument as stored in the file
6506 </t>
6507 </list>
6508 </t>
6509 <t>ARTISTS -
6510 <list>
6511 <t>artists / sample library
6512 vendor of the instrument</t>
6513 </list>
6514 </t>
6515 <t>KEY_BINDINGS -
6516 <list>
6517 <t>comma separated list of integer values representing
6518 the instrument's key mapping in the range between 0 .. 127,
6519 reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.</t>
6520 </list>
6521 </t>
6522 <t>KEYSWITCH_BINDINGS -
6523 <list>
6524 <t>comma separated list of integer values representing
6525 the instrument's keyswitch mapping in the range between 0 .. 127,
6526 reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.</t>
6527 </list>
6528 </t>
6529 </list>
6530 </t>
6531 </list>
6532 </t>
6533 <t>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.</t>
6534
6535 <t>Example:</t>
6536 <t>
6537 <list>
6538 <t>C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig' 0"</t>
6539 <t>S: "NAME: Lunatic Loops"</t>
6540 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"</t>
6541 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_VERSION: 3"</t>
6542 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PRODUCT: The Backbone Bongo Beats"</t>
6543 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ARTISTS: Jimmy the Fish"</t>
6544 <t>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."</t>
6545 </list>
6546 </t>
6547 </section>
6548 </section>
6549 </section>
6550
6551 <section title="Command Syntax" anchor="command_syntax">
6552 <t>The grammar of the control protocol as descibed in <xref target="control_commands"/>
6553 is defined below using Backus-Naur Form (BNF as described in <xref target="RFC2234"/>)
6554 where applicable.
6555 </t>
6556 <!--
6557 This section is automatically generated by scripts/update_grammar.pl
6558 from src/network/lscp.y (yacc input file). Do not modify this section
6559 manually !
6560 -->
6561 <!-- GRAMMAR_BNF_BEGIN - do NOT delete or modify this line !!! -->
6562
6563 <t>input =
6564 <list>
6565 <t>line LF
6566 </t>
6567 <t>/ line CR LF
6568 </t>
6569 </list>
6570 </t>
6571 <t>line =
6572 <list>
6573 <t>/* epsilon (empty line ignored) */
6574 </t>
6575 <t>/ comment
6576 </t>
6577 <t>/ command
6578 </t>
6579 <t>/ error
6580 </t>
6581 </list>
6582 </t>
6583 <t>comment =
6584 <list>
6585 <t>'#'
6586 </t>
6587 <t>/ comment '#'
6588 </t>
6589 <t>/ comment SP
6590 </t>
6591 <t>/ comment number
6592 </t>
6593 <t>/ comment string
6594 </t>
6595 </list>
6596 </t>
6597 <t>command =
6598 <list>
6599 <t>ADD SP add_instruction
6600 </t>
6601 <t>/ MAP SP map_instruction
6602 </t>
6603 <t>/ UNMAP SP unmap_instruction
6604 </t>
6605 <t>/ GET SP get_instruction
6606 </t>
6607 <t>/ CREATE SP create_instruction
6608 </t>
6609 <t>/ DESTROY SP destroy_instruction
6610 </t>
6611 <t>/ LIST SP list_instruction
6612 </t>
6613 <t>/ LOAD SP load_instruction
6614 </t>
6615 <t>/ REMOVE SP remove_instruction
6616 </t>
6617 <t>/ SET SP set_instruction
6618 </t>
6619 <t>/ SUBSCRIBE SP subscribe_event
6620 </t>
6621 <t>/ UNSUBSCRIBE SP unsubscribe_event
6622 </t>
6623 <t>/ RESET SP reset_instruction
6624 </t>
6625 <t>/ CLEAR SP clear_instruction
6626 </t>
6627 <t>/ FIND SP find_instruction
6628 </t>
6629 <t>/ MOVE SP move_instruction
6630 </t>
6631 <t>/ COPY SP copy_instruction
6632 </t>
6633 <t>/ EDIT SP edit_instruction
6634 </t>
6635 <t>/ FORMAT SP format_instruction
6636 </t>
6637 <t>/ SEND SP send_instruction
6638 </t>
6639 <t>/ RESET
6640 </t>
6641 <t>/ QUIT
6642 </t>
6643 </list>
6644 </t>
6645 <t>add_instruction =
6646 <list>
6647 <t>CHANNEL
6648 </t>
6649 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
6650 </t>
6651 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
6652 </t>
6653 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP db_path SP filename
6654 </t>
6655 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
6656 </t>
6657 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP db_path SP filename
6658 </t>
6659 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename
6660 </t>
6661 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename SP instrument_index
6662 </t>
6663 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename
6664 </t>
6665 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename SP instrument_index
6666 </t>
6667 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP
6668 </t>
6669 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP map_name
6670 </t>
6671 </list>
6672 </t>
6673 <t>subscribe_event =
6674 <list>
6675 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
6676 </t>
6677 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
6678 </t>
6679 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
6680 </t>
6681 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
6682 </t>
6683 <t>/ CHANNEL_COUNT
6684 </t>
6685 <t>/ CHANNEL_MIDI
6686 </t>
6687 <t>/ DEVICE_MIDI
6688 </t>
6689 <t>/ VOICE_COUNT
6690 </t>
6691 <t>/ STREAM_COUNT
6692 </t>
6693 <t>/ BUFFER_FILL
6694 </t>
6695 <t>/ CHANNEL_INFO
6696 </t>
6697 <t>/ FX_SEND_COUNT
6698 </t>
6699 <t>/ FX_SEND_INFO
6700 </t>
6701 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
6702 </t>
6703 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
6704 </t>
6705 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
6706 </t>
6707 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
6708 </t>
6709 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
6710 </t>
6711 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
6712 </t>
6713 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
6714 </t>
6715 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
6716 </t>
6717 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
6718 </t>
6719 <t>/ MISCELLANEOUS
6720 </t>
6721 <t>/ TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
6722 </t>
6723 <t>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
6724 </t>
6725 <t>/ GLOBAL_INFO
6726 </t>
6727 </list>
6728 </t>
6729 <t>unsubscribe_event =
6730 <list>
6731 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
6732 </t>
6733 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
6734 </t>
6735 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
6736 </t>
6737 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
6738 </t>
6739 <t>/ CHANNEL_COUNT
6740 </t>
6741 <t>/ CHANNEL_MIDI
6742 </t>
6743 <t>/ DEVICE_MIDI
6744 </t>
6745 <t>/ VOICE_COUNT
6746 </t>
6747 <t>/ STREAM_COUNT
6748 </t>
6749 <t>/ BUFFER_FILL
6750 </t>
6751 <t>/ CHANNEL_INFO
6752 </t>
6753 <t>/ FX_SEND_COUNT
6754 </t>
6755 <t>/ FX_SEND_INFO
6756 </t>
6757 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
6758 </t>
6759 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
6760 </t>
6761 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
6762 </t>
6763 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
6764 </t>
6765 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
6766 </t>
6767 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
6768 </t>
6769 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
6770 </t>
6771 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
6772 </t>
6773 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
6774 </t>
6775 <t>/ MISCELLANEOUS
6776 </t>
6777 <t>/ TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
6778 </t>
6779 <t>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
6780 </t>
6781 <t>/ GLOBAL_INFO
6782 </t>
6783 </list>
6784 </t>
6785 <t>map_instruction =
6786 <list>
6787 <t>MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value
6788 </t>
6789 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP instr_load_mode
6790 </t>
6791 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP entry_name
6792 </t>
6793 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP instr_load_mode SP entry_name
6794 </t>
6795 </list>
6796 </t>
6797 <t>unmap_instruction =
6798 <list>
6799 <t>MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
6800 </t>
6801 </list>
6802 </t>
6803 <t>remove_instruction =
6804 <list>
6805 <t>CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
6806 </t>
6807 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP midi_map
6808 </t>
6809 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP ALL
6810 </t>
6811 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP FORCE SP db_path
6812 </t>
6813 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
6814 </t>
6815 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path
6816 </t>
6817 </list>
6818 </t>
6819 <t>get_instruction =
6820 <list>
6821 <t>AVAILABLE_ENGINES
6822 </t>
6823 <t>/ AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
6824 </t>
6825 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
6826 </t>
6827 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
6828 </t>
6829 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP key_val_list
6830 </t>
6831 <t>/ AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
6832 </t>
6833 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
6834 </t>
6835 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
6836 </t>
6837 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP key_val_list
6838 </t>
6839 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
6840 </t>
6841 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
6842 </t>
6843 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
6844 </t>
6845 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
6846 </t>
6847 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP INFO SP number SP number
6848 </t>
6849 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
6850 </t>
6851 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP INFO SP number SP number
6852 </t>
6853 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
6854 </t>
6855 <t>/ CHANNELS
6856 </t>
6857 <t>/ CHANNEL SP INFO SP sampler_channel
6858 </t>
6859 <t>/ CHANNEL SP BUFFER_FILL SP buffer_size_type SP sampler_channel
6860 </t>
6861 <t>/ CHANNEL SP STREAM_COUNT SP sampler_channel
6862 </t>
6863 <t>/ CHANNEL SP VOICE_COUNT SP sampler_channel
6864 </t>
6865 <t>/ ENGINE SP INFO SP engine_name
6866 </t>
6867 <t>/ SERVER SP INFO
6868 </t>
6869 <t>/ TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
6870 </t>
6871 <t>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
6872 </t>
6873 <t>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
6874 </t>
6875 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
6876 </t>
6877 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
6878 </t>
6879 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
6880 </t>
6881 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
6882 </t>
6883 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP INFO SP midi_map
6884 </t>
6885 <t>/ FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
6886 </t>
6887 <t>/ FX_SEND SP INFO SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
6888 </t>
6889 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
6890 </t>
6891 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
6892 </t>
6893 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP INFO SP db_path
6894 </t>
6895 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
6896 </t>
6897 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
6898 </t>
6899 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP db_path
6900 </t>
6901 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB SP INFO SP number
6902 </t>
6903 <t>/ VOLUME
6904 </t>
6905 <t>/ VOICES
6906 </t>
6907 <t>/ STREAMS
6908 </t>
6909 <t>/ FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
6910 </t>
6911 <t>/ FILE SP INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP filename SP instrument_index
6912 </t>
6913 </list>
6914 </t>
6915 <t>set_instruction =
6916 <list>
6917 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
6918 </t>
6919 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
6920 </t>
6921 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
6922 </t>
6923 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' NONE
6924 </t>
6925 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
6926 </t>
6927 <t>/ CHANNEL SP set_chan_instruction
6928 </t>
6929 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP NAME SP midi_map SP map_name
6930 </t>
6931 <t>/ FX_SEND SP NAME SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP fx_send_name
6932 </t>
6933 <t>/ FX_SEND SP AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
6934 </t>
6935 <t>/ FX_SEND SP MIDI_CONTROLLER SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP midi_ctrl
6936 </t>
6937 <t>/ FX_SEND SP LEVEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP volume_value
6938 </t>
6939 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
6940 </t>
6941 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
6942 </t>
6943 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
6944 </t>
6945 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
6946 </t>
6947 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP FILE_PATH SP filename SP filename
6948 </t>
6949 <t>/ ECHO SP boolean
6950 </t>
6951 <t>/ VOLUME SP volume_value
6952 </t>
6953 <t>/ VOICES SP number
6954 </t>
6955 <t>/ STREAMS SP number
6956 </t>
6957 </list>
6958 </t>
6959 <t>create_instruction =
6960 <list>
6961 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
6962 </t>
6963 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string
6964 </t>
6965 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
6966 </t>
6967 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string
6968 </t>
6969 <t>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl
6970 </t>
6971 <t>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl SP fx_send_name
6972 </t>
6973 </list>
6974 </t>
6975 <t>reset_instruction =
6976 <list>
6977 <t>CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
6978 </t>
6979 </list>
6980 </t>
6981 <t>clear_instruction =
6982 <list>
6983 <t>MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
6984 </t>
6985 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
6986 </t>
6987 </list>
6988 </t>
6989 <t>find_instruction =
6990 <list>
6991 <t>DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP query_val_list
6992 </t>
6993 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP query_val_list
6994 </t>
6995 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP query_val_list
6996 </t>
6997 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path SP query_val_list
6998 </t>
6999 <t>/ LOST SP DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
7000 </t>
7001 </list>
7002 </t>
7003 <t>move_instruction =
7004 <list>
7005 <t>DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
7006 </t>
7007 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
7008 </t>
7009 </list>
7010 </t>
7011 <t>copy_instruction =
7012 <list>
7013 <t>DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
7014 </t>
7015 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
7016 </t>
7017 </list>
7018 </t>
7019 <t>destroy_instruction =
7020 <list>
7021 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP number
7022 </t>
7023 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP number
7024 </t>
7025 <t>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
7026 </t>
7027 </list>
7028 </t>
7029 <t>load_instruction =
7030 <list>
7031 <t>INSTRUMENT SP load_instr_args
7032 </t>
7033 <t>/ ENGINE SP load_engine_args
7034 </t>
7035 </list>
7036 </t>
7037 <t>set_chan_instruction =
7038 <list>
7039 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
7040 </t>
7041 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
7042 </t>
7043 <t>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP audio_output_type_name
7044 </t>
7045 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP midi_input_port_index SP midi_input_channel_index
7046 </t>
7047 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
7048 </t>
7049 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_port_index
7050 </t>
7051 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_channel_index
7052 </t>
7053 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_type_name
7054 </t>
7055 <t>/ VOLUME SP sampler_channel SP volume_value
7056 </t>
7057 <t>/ MUTE SP sampler_channel SP boolean
7058 </t>
7059 <t>/ SOLO SP sampler_channel SP boolean
7060 </t>
7061 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP midi_map
7062 </t>
7063 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP NONE
7064 </t>
7065 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP DEFAULT
7066 </t>
7067 </list>
7068 </t>
7069 <t>edit_instruction =
7070 <list>
7071 <t>CHANNEL SP INSTRUMENT SP sampler_channel
7072 </t>
7073 </list>
7074 </t>
7075 <t>format_instruction =
7076 <list>
7077 <t>INSTRUMENTS_DB
7078 </t>
7079 </list>
7080 </t>
7081 <t>modal_arg =
7082 <list>
7083 <t>/* epsilon (empty argument) */
7084 </t>
7085 <t>/ NON_MODAL SP
7086 </t>
7087 </list>
7088 </t>
7089 <t>key_val_list =
7090 <list>
7091 <t>string '=' param_val_list
7092 </t>
7093 <t>/ key_val_list SP string '=' param_val_list
7094 </t>
7095 </list>
7096 </t>
7097 <t>buffer_size_type =
7098 <list>
7099 <t>BYTES
7100 </t>
7101 <t>/ PERCENTAGE
7102 </t>
7103 </list>
7104 </t>
7105 <t>list_instruction =
7106 <list>
7107 <t>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
7108 </t>
7109 <t>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
7110 </t>
7111 <t>/ CHANNELS
7112 </t>
7113 <t>/ AVAILABLE_ENGINES
7114 </t>
7115 <t>/ AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
7116 </t>
7117 <t>/ AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
7118 </t>
7119 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
7120 </t>
7121 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
7122 </t>
7123 <t>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
7124 </t>
7125 <t>/ FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
7126 </t>
7127 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
7128 </t>
7129 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
7130 </t>
7131 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
7132 </t>
7133 <t>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
7134 </t>
7135 <t>/ FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
7136 </t>
7137 </list>
7138 </t>
7139 <t>send_instruction =
7140 <list>
7141 <t>CHANNEL SP MIDI_DATA SP string SP sampler_channel SP number SP number
7142 </t>
7143 </list>
7144 </t>
7145 <t>load_instr_args =
7146 <list>
7147 <t>filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
7148 </t>
7149 <t>/ NON_MODAL SP filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
7150 </t>
7151 </list>
7152 </t>
7153 <t>load_engine_args =
7154 <list>
7155 <t>engine_name SP sampler_channel
7156 </t>
7157 </list>
7158 </t>
7159 <t>instr_load_mode =
7160 <list>
7161 <t>ON_DEMAND
7162 </t>
7163 <t>/ ON_DEMAND_HOLD
7164 </t>
7165 <t>/ PERSISTENT
7166 </t>
7167 </list>
7168 </t>
7169 <t>device_index =
7170 <list>
7171 <t>number
7172 </t>
7173 </list>
7174 </t>
7175 <t>audio_channel_index =
7176 <list>
7177 <t>number
7178 </t>
7179 </list>
7180 </t>
7181 <t>audio_output_type_name =
7182 <list>
7183 <t>string
7184 </t>
7185 </list>
7186 </t>
7187 <t>midi_input_port_index =
7188 <list>
7189 <t>number
7190 </t>
7191 </list>
7192 </t>
7193 <t>midi_input_channel_index =
7194 <list>
7195 <t>number
7196 </t>
7197 <t>/ ALL
7198 </t>
7199 </list>
7200 </t>
7201 <t>midi_input_type_name =
7202 <list>
7203 <t>string
7204 </t>
7205 </list>
7206 </t>
7207 <t>midi_map =
7208 <list>
7209 <t>number
7210 </t>
7211 </list>
7212 </t>
7213 <t>midi_bank =
7214 <list>
7215 <t>number
7216 </t>
7217 </list>
7218 </t>
7219 <t>midi_prog =
7220 <list>
7221 <t>number
7222 </t>
7223 </list>
7224 </t>
7225 <t>midi_ctrl =
7226 <list>
7227 <t>number
7228 </t>
7229 </list>
7230 </t>
7231 <t>volume_value =
7232 <list>
7233 <t>dotnum
7234 </t>
7235 <t>/ number
7236 </t>
7237 </list>
7238 </t>
7239 <t>sampler_channel =
7240 <list>
7241 <t>number
7242 </t>
7243 </list>
7244 </t>
7245 <t>instrument_index =
7246 <list>
7247 <t>number
7248 </t>
7249 </list>
7250 </t>
7251 <t>fx_send_id =
7252 <list>
7253 <t>number
7254 </t>
7255 </list>
7256 </t>
7257 <t>engine_name =
7258 <list>
7259 <t>string
7260 </t>
7261 </list>
7262 </t>
7263 <t>filename =
7264 <list>
7265 <t>path
7266 </t>
7267 </list>
7268 </t>
7269 <t>db_path =
7270 <list>
7271 <t>path
7272 </t>
7273 </list>
7274 </t>
7275 <t>map_name =
7276 <list>
7277 <t>stringval_escaped
7278 </t>
7279 </list>
7280 </t>
7281 <t>entry_name =
7282 <list>
7283 <t>stringval_escaped
7284 </t>
7285 </list>
7286 </t>
7287 <t>fx_send_name =
7288 <list>
7289 <t>stringval_escaped
7290 </t>
7291 </list>
7292 </t>
7293 <t>param_val_list =
7294 <list>
7295 <t>param_val
7296 </t>
7297 <t>/ param_val_list','param_val
7298 </t>
7299 </list>
7300 </t>
7301
7302 <t>param_val =
7303 <list>
7304 <t>string
7305 </t>
7306 <t>/ stringval
7307 </t>
7308 <t>/ number
7309 </t>
7310 <t>/ dotnum
7311 </t>
7312 </list>
7313 </t>
7314 <t>query_val_list =
7315 <list>
7316 <t>string '=' query_val
7317 </t>
7318 <t>/ query_val_list SP string '=' query_val
7319 </t>
7320 </list>
7321 </t>
7322 <t>query_val =
7323 <list>
7324 <t>text_escaped
7325 </t>
7326 <t>/ stringval_escaped
7327 </t>
7328 </list>
7329 </t>
7330 <t>scan_mode =
7331 <list>
7332 <t>RECURSIVE
7333 </t>
7334 <t>/ NON_RECURSIVE
7335 </t>
7336 <t>/ FLAT
7337 </t>
7338 </list>
7339 </t>
7340
7341 <!-- GRAMMAR_BNF_END - do NOT delete or modify this line !!! -->
7342
7343 <section title="Character Set and Escape Sequences" anchor="character_set">
7344 <t>Older versions of this protocol up to and including v1.1 only
7345 supported the standard ASCII character set (ASCII code 0 - 127)
7346 <xref target="RFC20"/>, all younger versions of this protocol
7347 however support the Extended ASCII character set (ASCII code
7348 0 - 255). The same group of younger protocols also support
7349 escape sequences, but only for certain, explicitly declared
7350 parts of the protocol. The supported escape sequences are
7351 defined as follows:</t>
7352 <texttable>
7353 <ttcol>ASCII Character Sequence</ttcol>
7354 <ttcol>Translated into (Name)</ttcol>
7355 <c>\n</c> <c>new line</c>
7356 <c>\r</c> <c>carriage return</c>
7357 <c>\f</c> <c>form feed</c>
7358 <c>\t</c> <c>horizontal tab</c>
7359 <c>\v</c> <c>vertical tab</c>
7360 <c>\'</c> <c>apostrophe</c>
7361 <c>\"</c> <c>quotation mark</c>
7362 <c>\\</c> <c>backslash</c>
7363 <c>\OOO</c> <c>three digit octal ASCII code of the character</c>
7364 <c>\xHH</c> <c>two digit hex ASCII code of the character</c>
7365 </texttable>
7366 <t>Notice: due to the transition of certain parts of the
7367 protocol which now support escape sequences, a slight backward
7368 incompatibility to protocols version v1.1 and younger has been
7369 introduced. The only difference is that in parts of the protocol
7370 where escape characters are now supported, a backslash characters
7371 MUST be escaped as well (that is as double backslash), whereas
7372 in the old versions a single backslash was sufficient.</t>
7373
7374 <t>The following LSCP commands support escape sequences as part
7375 of their filename / path based arguments and / or may contain
7376 a filename / path with escape sequences in their response:
7377 <list>
7378 <t><xref target="LOAD INSTRUMENT">"LOAD INSTRUMENT"</xref></t>
7379 <t><xref target="GET CHANNEL INFO">"GET CHANNEL INFO"</xref></t>
7380 <t><xref target="MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"</xref></t>
7381 <t><xref target="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"</xref></t>
7382 <t><xref target="ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">"ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"</xref></t>
7383 <t><xref target="ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS">"ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS"</xref></t>
7384 <t><xref target="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">"REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"</xref></t>
7385 <t><xref target="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">"REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"</xref></t>
7386 <t><xref target="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">"GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"</xref></t>
7387 <t><xref target="LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">"LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"</xref></t>
7388 <t><xref target="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO">"GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO"</xref></t>
7389 <t><xref target="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS">"GET DB_INSTRUMENTS"</xref></t>
7390 <t><xref target="LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS">"LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS"</xref></t>
7391 <t><xref target="GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO">"GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO"</xref></t>
7392 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME"</xref></t>
7393 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION"</xref></t>
7394 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME"</xref></t>
7395 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION"</xref></t>
7396 <t><xref target="FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS">"FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS"</xref></t>
7397 <t><xref target="FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">"FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"</xref></t>
7398 <t><xref target="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">"MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"</xref></t>
7399 <t><xref target="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">"MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"</xref></t>
7400 <t><xref target="COPY DB_INSTRUMENT">"COPY DB_INSTRUMENT"</xref></t>
7401 <t><xref target="COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">"COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"</xref></t>
7402 <t><xref target="FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES">"FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES"</xref></t>
7403 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH"</xref></t>
7404 <t><xref target="GET FILE INSTRUMENTS">"GET FILE INSTRUMENTS"</xref></t>
7405 <t><xref target="LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS">"LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS"</xref></t>
7406 <t><xref target="GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO">"GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO"</xref></t>
7407 </list>
7408 Note that the forward slash character ('/') has a special meaning in
7409 filename / path based arguments: it acts as separator of the nodes in
7410 the path, thus if a directory- or filename includes a forward slash
7411 (not intended as path node separator), you MUST escape that slash
7412 either with the respective hex escape sequence ("\x2f") or with the
7413 respective octal escape sequence ("\057").
7414 </t>
7415
7416 <t>
7417 Note for Windows: file path arguments in LSCP are expected
7418 to use forward slashes as directory node separator similar
7419 to Unix based operating systems. In contrast to Unix however
7420 a Windows typical drive character is expected to be
7421 prefixed to the path. That is an original Windows file path
7422 like "D:\Sounds\My.gig" would become in LSCP:
7423 "D:/Sounds/My.gig".
7424 </t>
7425
7426 <t>
7427 The following LSCP commands even support escape sequences as
7428 part of at least one of their text-based arguments (i.e. entity name,
7429 description) and / or may contain escape sequences in at least one of
7430 their text-based fields in their response:
7431 <list>
7432 <t><xref target="GET SERVER INFO">"GET SERVER INFO"</xref></t>
7433 <t><xref target="GET ENGINE INFO">"GET ENGINE INFO"</xref></t>
7434 <t><xref target="GET CHANNEL INFO">"GET CHANNEL INFO"</xref></t>
7435 <t><xref target="CREATE FX_SEND">"CREATE FX_SEND"</xref></t>
7436 <t><xref target="GET FX_SEND INFO">"GET FX_SEND INFO"</xref></t>
7437 <t><xref target="SET FX_SEND NAME">"SET FX_SEND NAME"</xref></t>
7438 <t><xref target="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"</xref></t>
7439 <t><xref target="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO">"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO"</xref></t>
7440 <t><xref target="ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">"ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"</xref></t>
7441 <t><xref target="MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"</xref></t>
7442 <t><xref target="SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME">"SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME"</xref></t>
7443 <t><xref target="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO">"GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO"</xref></t>
7444 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME"</xref></t>
7445 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION"</xref></t>
7446 <t><xref target="FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">"FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"</xref></t>
7447 <t><xref target="GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO">"GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO"</xref></t>
7448 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME"</xref></t>
7449 <t><xref target="SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION">"SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION"</xref></t>
7450 <t><xref target="FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS">"FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS"</xref></t>
7451 </list>
7452 Please note that these lists are manually maintained. If you
7453 find a command that also supports escape sequences we forgot to
7454 mention here, please report it!
7455 </t>
7456 </section>
7457 </section>
7458
7459 <section title="Events" anchor="events">
7460 <t>This chapter will describe all currently defined events supported by LinuxSampler.</t>
7461
7462 <section title="Number of audio output devices changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT">
7463 <t>Client may want to be notified when the total number of audio output devices on the
7464 back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7465 <t>
7466 <list>
7467 <t>SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT</t>
7468 </list>
7469 </t>
7470 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7471 <t>
7472 <list>
7473 <t>"NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:&lt;devices&gt;"</t>
7474 </list>
7475 </t>
7476 <t>where &lt;devices&gt; will be replaced by the new number
7477 of audio output devices.</t>
7478 </section>
7479
7480 <section title="Audio output device's settings changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO">
7481 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to audio output devices on the
7482 back-end by issuing the following command:</t>
7483 <t>
7484 <list>
7485 <t>SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO</t>
7486 </list>
7487 </t>
7488 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7489 <t>
7490 <list>
7491 <t>"NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO:&lt;device-id&gt;"</t>
7492 </list>
7493 </t>
7494 <t>where &lt;device-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio output device,
7495 which settings has been changed. The front-end will have to send
7496 the respective command to actually get the audio output device info. Because these messages
7497 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
7498 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
7499 message is sufficient here.</t>
7500 </section>
7501
7502 <section title="Number of MIDI input devices changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT">
7503 <t>Client may want to be notified when the total number of MIDI input devices on the
7504 back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7505 <t>
7506 <list>
7507 <t>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT</t>
7508 </list>
7509 </t>
7510 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7511 <t>
7512 <list>
7513 <t>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:&lt;devices&gt;"</t>
7514 </list>
7515 </t>
7516 <t>where &lt;devices&gt; will be replaced by the new number
7517 of MIDI input devices.</t>
7518 </section>
7519
7520 <section title="MIDI input device's settings changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO">
7521 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI input devices on the
7522 back-end by issuing the following command:</t>
7523 <t>
7524 <list>
7525 <t>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO</t>
7526 </list>
7527 </t>
7528 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7529 <t>
7530 <list>
7531 <t>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO:&lt;device-id&gt;"</t>
7532 </list>
7533 </t>
7534 <t>where &lt;device-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI input device,
7535 which settings has been changed. The front-end will have to send
7536 the respective command to actually get the MIDI input device info. Because these messages
7537 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
7538 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
7539 message is sufficient here.</t>
7540 </section>
7541
7542 <section title="Number of sampler channels changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT">
7543 <t>Client may want to be notified when the total number of channels on the
7544 back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7545 <t>
7546 <list>
7547 <t>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT</t>
7548 </list>
7549 </t>
7550 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7551 <t>
7552 <list>
7553 <t>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_COUNT:&lt;channels&gt;"</t>
7554 </list>
7555 </t>
7556 <t>where &lt;channels&gt; will be replaced by the new number
7557 of sampler channels.</t>
7558 </section>
7559
7560 <section title="MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived" anchor="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_MIDI">
7561 <t>Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on sampler channels on
7562 back-end side, by issuing the following command:</t>
7563 <t>
7564 <list>
7565 <t>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_MIDI</t>
7566 </list>
7567 </t>
7568 <t>Server will start sending one of the the following notification messages:</t>
7569 <t>
7570 <list>
7571 <t>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:&lt;channel-id&gt; NOTE_ON &lt;note&gt; &lt;velocity&gt;"</t>
7572 <t>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:&lt;channel-id&gt; NOTE_OFF &lt;note&gt; &lt;velocity&gt;"</t>
7573 </list>
7574 </t>
7575 <t>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the ID of the sampler channel where the MIDI
7576 data arrived. &lt;note&gt; and &lt;velocity&gt; are integer values in the range between
7577 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
7578 </t>
7579 <t>CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are actually all
7580 delivered by this mechanism! With other words: events could be lost at any time!
7581 This restriction was made to keep the RT-safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio
7582 thread unaffected by this feature.</t>
7583 </section>
7584
7585 <section title="MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived" anchor="SUBSCRIBE DEVICE_MIDI">
7586 <t>Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on MIDI input devices by issuing the following command:</t>
7587 <t>
7588 <list>
7589 <t>SUBSCRIBE DEVICE_MIDI</t>
7590 </list>
7591 </t>
7592 <t>Server will start sending one of the the following notification messages:</t>
7593 <t>
7594 <list>
7595 <t>"NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:&lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port-id&gt; NOTE_ON &lt;note&gt; &lt;velocity&gt;"</t>
7596 <t>"NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:&lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port-id&gt; NOTE_OFF &lt;note&gt; &lt;velocity&gt;"</t>
7597 </list>
7598 </t>
7599 <t>where &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port-id&gt; will be replaced
7600 by the IDs of the respective MIDI input device and the device's MIDI port where the MIDI
7601 data arrived. &lt;note&gt; and &lt;velocity&gt; are integer values in the range between
7602 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
7603 </t>
7604 <t>CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are actually all
7605 delivered by this mechanism! With other words: events could be lost at any time!
7606 This restriction was made to keep the RT-safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio
7607 thread unaffected by this feature.</t>
7608 </section>
7609
7610 <section title="Number of active voices changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT">
7611 <t>Client may want to be notified when the number of voices on the
7612 back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7613 <t>
7614 <list>
7615 <t>SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT</t>
7616 </list>
7617 </t>
7618 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7619 <t>
7620 <list>
7621 <t>"NOTIFY:VOICE_COUNT:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;voices&gt;"</t>
7622 </list>
7623 </t>
7624 <t>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
7625 voice count change occurred and &lt;voices&gt; by the new number of
7626 active voices on that channel.</t>
7627 </section>
7628
7629 <section title="Number of active disk streams changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT">
7630 <t>Client may want to be notified when the number of streams on the back-end
7631 changes by issuing the following command: SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT</t>
7632 <t>
7633 <list>
7634 <t>SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT</t>
7635 </list>
7636 </t>
7637 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7638 <t>
7639 <list>
7640 <t>"NOTIFY:STREAM_COUNT:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;streams&gt;"</t>
7641 </list>
7642 </t>
7643 <t>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
7644 stream count change occurred and &lt;streams&gt; by the new number of
7645 active disk streams on that channel.</t>
7646 </section>
7647
7648 <section title="Disk stream buffer fill state changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL">
7649 <t>Client may want to be notified when the buffer fill state of a disk stream
7650 on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7651 <t>
7652 <list>
7653 <t>SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL</t>
7654 </list>
7655 </t>
7656 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7657 <t>
7658 <list>
7659 <t>"NOTIFY:BUFFER_FILL:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fill-data&gt;"</t>
7660 </list>
7661 </t>
7662 <t>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
7663 buffer fill state change occurred on and &lt;fill-data&gt; will be replaced by the
7664 buffer fill data for this channel as described in <xref target="GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL" />
7665 as if the <xref target="GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL">
7666 "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE"</xref> command was issued on this channel.</t>
7667 </section>
7668
7669 <section title="Channel information changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO">
7670 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to sampler channels on the
7671 back-end by issuing the following command:</t>
7672 <t>
7673 <list>
7674 <t>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO</t>
7675 </list>
7676 </t>
7677 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7678 <t>
7679 <list>
7680 <t>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_INFO:&lt;sampler-channel&gt;"</t>
7681 </list>
7682 </t>
7683 <t>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
7684 channel info change occurred. The front-end will have to send
7685 the respective command to actually get the channel info. Because these messages
7686 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
7687 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
7688 message is sufficient here.</t>
7689 </section>
7690
7691 <section title="Number of effect sends changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT">
7692 <t>Client may want to be notified when the number of effect sends on
7693 a particular sampler channel is changed by issuing the following command:</t>
7694 <t>
7695 <list>
7696 <t>SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT</t>
7697 </list>
7698 </t>
7699 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7700 <t>
7701 <list>
7702 <t>"NOTIFY:FX_SEND_COUNT:&lt;channel-id&gt; &lt;fx-sends&gt;"</t>
7703 </list>
7704 </t>
7705 <t>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the sampler
7706 channel, on which the effect sends number is changed and &lt;fx-sends&gt; will
7707 be replaced by the new number of effect sends on that channel.</t>
7708 </section>
7709
7710 <section title="Effect send information changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO">
7711 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect sends on a
7712 a particular sampler channel by issuing the following command:</t>
7713 <t>
7714 <list>
7715 <t>SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO</t>
7716 </list>
7717 </t>
7718 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7719 <t>
7720 <list>
7721 <t>"NOTIFY:FX_SEND_INFO:&lt;channel-id&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;"</t>
7722 </list>
7723 </t>
7724 <t>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the sampler
7725 channel, on which an effect send entity is changed and &lt;fx-send-id&gt; will
7726 be replaced by the numerical ID of the changed effect send.</t>
7727 </section>
7728
7729 <section title="Total number of active voices changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT">
7730 <t>Client may want to be notified when the total number of voices on the
7731 back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7732 <t>
7733 <list>
7734 <t>SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT</t>
7735 </list>
7736 </t>
7737 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7738 <t>
7739 <list>
7740 <t>"NOTIFY:TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT:&lt;voices&gt;"</t>
7741 </list>
7742 </t>
7743 <t>where &lt;voices&gt; will be replaced by the new number of
7744 all currently active voices.</t>
7745 </section>
7746
7747 <section title="Total number of active disk streams changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT">
7748 <t>Client may want to be notified when the total number of disk streams on the
7749 back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7750 <t>
7751 <list>
7752 <t>SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT</t>
7753 </list>
7754 </t>
7755 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7756 <t>
7757 <list>
7758 <t>"NOTIFY:TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT:&lt;streams&gt;"</t>
7759 </list>
7760 </t>
7761 <t>where &lt;streams&gt; will be replaced by the new number of
7762 all currently active disk streams.</t>
7763 </section>
7764
7765 <section title="Number of MIDI instrument maps changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT">
7766 <t>Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument maps on the
7767 back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7768 <t>
7769 <list>
7770 <t>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT</t>
7771 </list>
7772 </t>
7773 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7774 <t>
7775 <list>
7776 <t>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT:&lt;maps&gt;"</t>
7777 </list>
7778 </t>
7779 <t>where &lt;maps&gt; will be replaced by the new number
7780 of MIDI instrument maps.</t>
7781 </section>
7782
7783 <section title="MIDI instrument map information changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO">
7784 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI instrument maps on the
7785 back-end by issuing the following command:</t>
7786 <t>
7787 <list>
7788 <t>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO</t>
7789 </list>
7790 </t>
7791 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7792 <t>
7793 <list>
7794 <t>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO:&lt;map-id&gt;"</t>
7795 </list>
7796 </t>
7797 <t>where &lt;map-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map,
7798 for which information changes occurred. The front-end will have to send
7799 the respective command to actually get the MIDI instrument map info. Because these messages
7800 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
7801 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
7802 message is sufficient here.</t>
7803 </section>
7804
7805 <section title="Number of MIDI instruments changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT">
7806 <t>Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument maps on the
7807 back-end changes by issuing the following command:</t>
7808 <t>
7809 <list>
7810 <t>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT</t>
7811 </list>
7812 </t>
7813 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7814 <t>
7815 <list>
7816 <t>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:&lt;map-id&gt; &lt;instruments&gt;"</t>
7817 </list>
7818 </t>
7819 <t>where &lt;map-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map, in which
7820 the nuber of instruments has changed and &lt;instruments&gt; will be replaced by
7821 the new number of MIDI instruments in the specified map.</t>
7822 </section>
7823
7824 <section title="MIDI instrument information changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO">
7825 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI instruments on the
7826 back-end by issuing the following command:</t>
7827 <t>
7828 <list>
7829 <t>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO</t>
7830 </list>
7831 </t>
7832 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7833 <t>
7834 <list>
7835 <t>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO:&lt;map-id&gt; &lt;bank&gt; &lt;program&gt;"</t>
7836 </list>
7837 </t>
7838 <t>where &lt;map-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map,
7839 in which a MIDI instrument is changed. &lt;bank&gt; and &lt;program&gt; specifies
7840 the location of the changed MIDI instrument in the map. The front-end will have to send
7841 the respective command to actually get the MIDI instrument info. Because these messages
7842 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
7843 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
7844 message is sufficient here.</t>
7845 </section>
7846
7847 <section title="Global settings changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO">
7848 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes to the global settings
7849 of the sampler were made by issuing the following command:</t>
7850 <t>
7851 <list>
7852 <t>SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO</t>
7853 </list>
7854 </t>
7855 <t>Server will start sending the following types of notification messages:</t>
7856 <t>
7857 <list>
7858 <t>"NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOLUME &lt;volume&gt;" - Notifies that the
7859 golbal volume of the sampler is changed, where &lt;volume&gt; will be
7860 replaced by the optional dotted floating point value, reflecting the
7861 new global volume parameter.</t>
7862 </list>
7863 <list>
7864 <t>"NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOICES &lt;max-voices&gt;" - Notifies that the
7865 golbal limit of the sampler for maximum voices is changed, where
7866 &lt;max-voices&gt; will be an integer value, reflecting the
7867 new global voice limit parameter.</t>
7868 </list>
7869 <list>
7870 <t>"NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:STREAMS &lt;max-streams&gt;" - Notifies that the
7871 golbal limit of the sampler for maximum disk streams is changed, where
7872 &lt;max-streams&gt; will be an integer value, reflecting the
7873 new global disk streams limit parameter.</t>
7874 </list>
7875 </t>
7876 </section>
7877
7878 <section title="Number of database instrument directories changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT">
7879 <t>Client may want to be notified when the number of instrument
7880 directories in a particular directory in the instruments database
7881 is changed by issuing the following command:</t>
7882 <t>
7883 <list>
7884 <t>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT</t>
7885 </list>
7886 </t>
7887 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7888 <t>
7889 <list>
7890 <t>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT:&lt;dir-path&gt;"</t>
7891 </list>
7892 </t>
7893 <t>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path
7894 name of the directory in the instruments database,
7895 in which the number of directories is changed.</t>
7896 <t>Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event
7897 is not sent for the subdirectories in that directory.</t>
7898 </section>
7899
7900 <section title="Database instrument directory information changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO">
7901 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to directories
7902 in the instruments database by issuing the following command:</t>
7903 <t>
7904 <list>
7905 <t>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO</t>
7906 </list>
7907 </t>
7908 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7909 <t>
7910 <list>
7911 <t>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:&lt;dir-path&gt;"</t>
7912 </list>
7913 </t>
7914 <t>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path name
7915 of the directory, for which information changes occurred. The front-end will have to send
7916 the respective command to actually get the updated directory info. Because these messages
7917 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
7918 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
7919 message is sufficient here.</t>
7920 <t>
7921 <list>
7922 <t>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:NAME &lt;old-dir-path&gt; &lt;new-name&gt;"</t>
7923 </list>
7924 </t>
7925 <t>where &lt;old-dir-path&gt; is the old absolute path name of the directory
7926 (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and &lt;new-name&gt; is
7927 the new name of the directory, encapsulated into apostrophes.</t>
7928 </section>
7929
7930 <section title="Number of database instruments changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT">
7931 <t>Client may want to be notified when the number of instruments
7932 in a particular directory in the instruments database
7933 is changed by issuing the following command:</t>
7934 <t>
7935 <list>
7936 <t>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT</t>
7937 </list>
7938 </t>
7939 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7940 <t>
7941 <list>
7942 <t>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:&lt;dir-path&gt;"</t>
7943 </list>
7944 </t>
7945 <t>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path
7946 name of the directory in the instruments database,
7947 in which the number of instruments is changed.</t>
7948 <t>Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event
7949 is not sent for the instruments in that directory.</t>
7950 </section>
7951
7952 <section title="Database instrument information changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO">
7953 <t>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to instruments
7954 in the instruments database by issuing the following command:</t>
7955 <t>
7956 <list>
7957 <t>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO</t>
7958 </list>
7959 </t>
7960 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7961 <t>
7962 <list>
7963 <t>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:&lt;instr-path&gt;"</t>
7964 </list>
7965 </t>
7966 <t>where &lt;instr-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path name
7967 of the instrument, which settings are changed. The front-end will have to send
7968 the respective command to actually get the updated directory info. Because these messages
7969 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
7970 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
7971 message is sufficient here.</t>
7972 <t>
7973 <list>
7974 <t>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:NAME &lt;old-instr-path&gt; &lt;new-name&gt;"</t>
7975 </list>
7976 </t>
7977 <t>where &lt;old-instr-path&gt; is the old absolute path name of the instrument
7978 (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and &lt;new-name&gt; is
7979 the new name of the instrument, encapsulated into apostrophes.</t>
7980 </section>
7981
7982 <section title="Database job status information changed" anchor="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO">
7983 <t>Client may want to be notified when the status of particular database
7984 instruments job is changed by issuing the following command:</t>
7985 <t>
7986 <list>
7987 <t>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO</t>
7988 </list>
7989 </t>
7990 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
7991 <t>
7992 <list>
7993 <t>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO:&lt;job-id&gt;"</t>
7994 </list>
7995 </t>
7996 <t>where &lt;job-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the job,
7997 which status is changed. The front-end will have to send the respective
7998 command to actually get the status info. Because these messages
7999 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
8000 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
8001 message is sufficient here.</t>
8002 </section>
8003
8004 <section title="Miscellaneous and debugging events" anchor="SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS">
8005 <t>Client may want to be notified of miscellaneous and debugging events occurring at
8006 the server by issuing the following command:</t>
8007 <t>
8008 <list>
8009 <t>SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS</t>
8010 </list>
8011 </t>
8012 <t>Server will start sending the following notification messages:</t>
8013 <t>
8014 <list>
8015 <t>"NOTIFY:MISCELLANEOUS:&lt;string&gt;"</t>
8016 </list>
8017 </t>
8018 <t>where &lt;string&gt; will be replaced by whatever data server
8019 wants to send to the client. Client MAY display this data to the
8020 user AS IS to facilitate debugging.</t>
8021 </section>
8022 </section>
8023
8024 <section title="Security Considerations">
8025 <t>As there is so far no method of authentication and authorization
8026 defined and so not required for a client applications to succeed to
8027 connect, running LinuxSampler might be a security risk for the host
8028 system the LinuxSampler instance is running on.</t>
8029 </section>
8030
8031 <section title="Acknowledgments">
8032 <t>This document has benefited greatly from the comments of the
8033 following people, discussed on the LinuxSampler developer's mailing
8034 list:</t>
8035 <t>
8036 <list>
8037 <t>Rui Nuno Capela</t>
8038 <t>Vladimir Senkov</t>
8039 <t>Mark Knecht</t>
8040 <t>Grigor Iliev</t>
8041 </list>
8042 </t>
8043 </section>
8044
8045 </middle>
8046
8047 <back>
8048 <references>
8049 <reference anchor="RFC2119">
8050 <front>
8051 <title>Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels</title>
8052 <author initials="S." surname="Bradner" fullname="Scott Bradner">
8053 <organization>Harvard University</organization>
8054 </author>
8055 <date year="1997"></date>
8056 </front>
8057 <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2119" />
8058 </reference>
8059 <reference anchor="RFC793">
8060 <front>
8061 <title>TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL</title>
8062 <author>
8063 <organization>Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency</organization>
8064 </author>
8065 <date year="1981"></date>
8066 </front>
8067 <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="793" />
8068 </reference>
8069 <reference anchor="RFC2234">
8070 <front>
8071 <title>Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications</title>
8072 <author initials="D.H." surname="Crocker" fullname="David H. Crocker">
8073 <organization>Internet Mail Consortium</organization>
8074 </author>
8075 <author initials="P." surname="Overell" fullname="Paul Overell">
8076 <organization>Demon Internet Ltd</organization>
8077 </author>
8078 <date year="1997"></date>
8079 </front>
8080 <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2234" />
8081 </reference>
8082 <reference anchor="RFC20">
8083 <front>
8084 <title>ASCII format for Network Interchange</title>
8085 <author>
8086 <organization>UCLA</organization>
8087 </author>
8088 <date year="1969"></date>
8089 </front>
8090 <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="20" />
8091 </reference>
8092 </references>
8093 </back>
8094
8095 </rfc>

  ViewVC Help
Powered by ViewVC